steel lockers: cubby lockers - pasco county...

© Tennsco 2014 T1-14

Mailing Address: Shipping Address: P.O. Box 1888 201 Tennsco Drive Dickson, TN 37056-1888 Dickson, TN 37055

Toll Free Customer Service: (866) 446-8686 • Fax (866) 445-7260Toll Free Ordering: (866) 864-4796

(615) 446-8000 • (800) 251-8184 • Fax (800) 722-0134www.tennsco.com • [email protected]

STEEL LOCKERS 55

Steel Lockers: Cubby LockersCubby Lockers are designed for your everyday needs. These units can be used for a broad variety of applications from supply storage, to books, to childrens lockers. All-steel construction with a durable powdercoat fi nish, these cubby lockers providelong term value.

Cubby LockersCC-30 6 34 1/2 13 1/2 30 56 $394.00CC-40 9 34 1/2 13 1/2 40 76 502.00CC-52 12 34 1/2 13 1/2 52 97 635.00CC-66 15 34 1/2 13 1/2 66 120 750.00CC-78 18 34 1/2 13 1/2 78 140 860.00

Extra ShelfECS-1 10 12 3/4 3/4 1.6 9.80

Extra Coat HookLCH-2 0.2 3.10

Cat. No. No of. W D H Wt. List Openings Price

National Motor Freight classifi cation: Class 100

Available Colors

CC-78(18 Openings)

CC-52(12 Openings)

CC-30(6 Openings)

CC-66(15 Openings)

CC-40(9 Openings)

TENNSCO QUICK-SHIP PROGRAMNEED AN ORDER FAST? Look for the ♦ logo throughout the book.

Many of Tennsco's top items are available to ship in 2 days.Quick Ship inventory is available in limited quantities and select colors. For larger orders, please contact customer service for availability.

54 STEEL LOCKERS

Please NoteStandard Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand

Cat. No. W D H Wt. List Price

Locker Bases

Front Bases (for use on leg lockers)FB-12 ♦ 12 - 6 1.2 $6.30FB-15 ♦ 15 - 6 1.7 7.00FB-18 ♦ 18 - 6 2 8.40FB-24 24 - 6 2.8 14.60

End Bases (for use on leg lockers)EB-12 ♦ - 12 6 1.2 10.30EB-15 ♦ - 15 6 1.4 10.60EB-18 ♦ - 18 6 1.7 10.80EB-21 - 21 6 2.4 21.00EB-24 - 24 6 2.6 22.00

Closed Locker Bases (for use on no leg lockers)CLB-1212 12 12 6 7.4 37.00CLB-1215 ♦ 12 15 6 7.3 40.00CLB-1218 ♦ 12 18 6 7.7 41.00CLB-1518 ♦ 15 18 6 8.5 46.00CLB-1521 15 21 6 11 52.00

3 Wide Locker BasesCLB-3612 36 12 6 13.1 73.00CLB-3615 36 15 6 16.3 76.00CLB-3618 ♦ 36 18 6 19.6 74.00CLB-4512 45 12 6 16.3 81.00CLB-4515 45 15 6 20.4 85.00CLB-4518 45 18 6 17 87.00

Sloping Top - One WideKST-1212 ♦ 12 12 - 3.6 $44.00KST-1215 ♦ 12 15 - 4.3 46.00KST-1218 ♦ 12 18 - 5 49.00KST-1518 ♦ 15 18 - 5.5 52.00KST-1521 15 21 - 7.6 62.00KST-1821 18 21 - 7.9 65.00KST-2424 24 24 - 9.1 110.00

Sloping Top - Three WideKST-3612 ♦ 36 12 - 7.7 61.00KST-3615 ♦ 36 15 - 9 69.00KST-3618 ♦ 36 18 - 10.1 74.00KST-4518 ♦ 45 18 - 13.4 83.00KST-4521 45 21 - 15 97.00


- Assembly required.

Sloping Tops

Locker Benches are available and feature a clear lacquer finish on 1¼" thick laminated maple top. Combination and Manual Locking options provide security and are virtually tamper-proof. Number/Name Plates provide order and a clean finished look Sloping Tops prevent unwanted clutter and are available in one wide and three wide units. Choose from Front and Closed Locker Bases that provide a flush, finished appearance.

Storage Cabinets

Bookcases

Literature Sorters, 30 Drawer Organizers & Card Files

Vertical Files

Lateral Files

Overfiles & Lateral File Accessories

Imperial Shelving & Doors To Meet HIPAA Compliance

Fixed Shelf Filing Units & Lateral File Units

Add-A-Stack Shelving

ESP Shelving & Regal Shelving

Z-Line Shelving (Low Profile, Long Span, Record Archive, Stur-D-Stor and Z-Line Components)

Automotive Shelving & Tire Racks

Q-Line Industrial Shelving (Pre-configured Units & Components)

Q-Line Ledge Units, Door Sets & Foreman’s Desk

Tool & Die Rack

Bulk Storage (Uprights & Components)

Logic Wire Shelving & Hand Carts

Mobile Workbenches

Workbenches (Fixed & Adjustable Leg, Electronic & Electronic Modular), Service Carts, Workbench Accessories

Stur-D-Bench

Technical Workstations

Steel Lockers (Single, Double, Box Lockers, C-Thru Lockers, Ventilated Lockers, Accessories, Cubbies)

4-10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20-26

27

28-31

32

33

34-35

36

37-38

39-45

46

47

48-55

Steel Locker Accessories Table of Contents



Locker Bench

HMLB-36 36 91/2 11/4 10 $101.00HMLB-48 48 91/2 11/4 16 135.00HMLB-60 60 91/2 11/4 20 166.00HMLB-72 72 91/2 11/4 20 199.00HMLB-84 84 91/2 11/4 28 232.00HMLB-96 96 91/2 11/4 32 271.00HMLB-108 108 91/2 11/4 36 311.00HMLB-120 120 91/2 11/4 40 345.00HMLB-132 132 91/2 11/4 44 388.00HMLB-144 144 91/2 11/4 48 431.00LBP-1 ♦ Bench Pedestal (161/4" H) 7 54.00

Cat. No. Description Wt. List Price

Locks

Grooved Key LocksMAS-1710MK Grooved Key Lock (Dead Bolt) .4 $39.00

Combination LocksMAS-1670 Dead Bolt (Master Keyed) .5 47.00MAS-1654 Spring Bolt (Master Keyed) .5 46.00

Combination PadlocksMAS-1525 Combination (Master Keyed) .5 21.00MAS-1502 Combination (No Key) .5 14.90

Note: Must order bench pedestal separately. Use three pedestals for benches 108" to 144".

Cat. No. W H Wt. List Price

Number/Name Plates

LNP-3 Plastic 35/16 7/16 .1 $2.10LNP-A Aluminum 27/16 3/4 .1 1.50

(LNP-3)(LNP-A)

POLICY AND SERVICES

PRICING: All prices are F.O.B. Tennsco Corp’s Facility in Dickson, Tennessee. All orders are subject to final acceptance at the Home Office, Dickson, Tennessee. Prices subject to change without notice. Tennsco has the right to make product design changes at any time. Tennsco’s prices do not include sales, use, excise or similar taxes. Consequently, in addition to the prices specified herein, the amount of any present or future sales, use, excise or similar tax applicable to the manufacture, sale, purchase or use of the goods sold hereunder shall be paid by Buyer. In lieu thereof, Buyer shall provide Seller with a tax exemption certificate acceptable to the applicable taxing authorities.

TERMS OF PAYMENT: Terms are Net 30 Days from date of shipment. A service charge of 1 1/2% per month will be charged for overdue invoices.

MINIMUM ORDERS: Minimum order is $15.00.

SPECIFICATIONS: Tennsco reserves the right to change any product specifications contained in this price list.

FREIGHT CHARGES: All shipments will be made freight collect unless otherwise specified. If freight is prepared, it will be added to the invoice or billed separately, depending on arrangements. On shipments by parcel post, the postage will be added to the invoice. All routing will be done solely by the Home Office. If purchaser does not accept delivery of merchandise when ready for shipment, storage fees will be charged to the purchaser.

WEIGHT: Shipping weights shown are approximate.

FREIGHT CLAIMS: Claims for shortages must be made in writing to the Home Office within 5 business days from receipt of shipment. Claims for damaged or lost material must be filed with the carrier.

CAUTION: When you give delivering carrier a clear receipt for a shipment in which there is damaged merchandise or a shortage, the carrier is relieved of further responsibility. Claims for damage or shortage must be filed by you with the delivering carrier. Tennsco will not accept return of merchandise damaged in transit. Your claim is with the delivering carrier.

CANCELLATIONS & RETURNS: Orders for “Special” items are not subject to change or cancellation. No return merchandise will be accepted without written consent of the General Office, Dickson, Tennes-see. All returned shipments are subject to a handling charge of 25% plus all transportation charges incurred by Tennsco unless Tennsco is at fault. Once production of “Special” items has begun, cancellation of order is subject to Tennsco approval. A 15% surcharge will be assessed to approved cancelled items.

LIMITED WARRANTY

Tennsco warrants goods purchased hereunder to be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of shipment, hereunder. Tennsco’s warranty shall not apply in the event goods are damaged as a result of misuse, abuse, neglect, accident, improper application, modification or repair by persons not authorized by Seller, where goods are damaged during shipment. UNLESS CONSIDERED UNENFORCEABLE OR UNLAWFUL UNDER APPLICABLE LAW:

a. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OR MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBY EXCLUDED. b. BUYERS REMEDY, IF ANY, FOR ANY DEFECTIVE GOODS SHALL BE LIMITED TO A REFUND BY SELLER OR REPLACEMENT OF THE GOODS AT SELLER’S OPTION AND SHALL IN NO EVENT INCLUDE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR OTHERWISE.

NO GOODS ACCEPTED FOR RETURN WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL. Seller shall have the right to inspect any goods claimed to be defective at Buyer’s place of business or require Buyer to return the goods to Seller for inspection on Seller’s premises. Transportation charges covering returned goods will be borne by Seller only if such goods are proven to be defective, are covered by this warranty and are returned within the warranty period stated above.

Counter Height CabinetCombination CabinetWardrobe CabinetStorage Cabinet

Deluxe Storage Cabinets

* “RH” suffi x indicates recessed handle.** “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “WSU” indicates welded, set-up unit; “SU” indicates preassembled unit.

‡ Counter top extends ½" past front of unit.

†† Not with use with a recessed handle

National Motor Freight classifi cation: Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70

Double HandlesTwo brushed chrome handles, with one that locks both doors, makes opening and closing of the doors easy.

Caster KitAdd mobility to cabinets. Perfect for areas where materials need to be secured yet accessible at different locations. Adds 6 11/16” to cabinet height.

Please Note

Cat. No.* No. of Openings W D H Type** Wt. List Price

4 STORAGE CABINETS

Recessed HandleOptional recessed handle offers easy access without handles protruding into narrow aisle ways.

Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty, Sand

QuickShip Colors: Black*, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty, Sand

* Not available for RH Cabinets.

Storage Cabinets1870 ♦ 5 36 18 78 KD 154 $504.001870RH ♦ 5 36 18 78 KD 154 514.002470 ♦ 5 36 24 78 KD 168 554.002470RH ♦ 5 36 24 78 KD 168 564.007818 ♦ 5 36 18 78 WSU 157 580.007818RH 5 36 18 78 WSU 157 591.007824 ♦ 5 36 24 78 WSU 178 636.007824RH 5 36 24 78 WSU 175 646.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 ¾ 10.5 31.00

Wardrobe Cabinets1871 ♦ 2 36 18 78 KD 140 449.002471 ♦ 2 36 24 78 KD 155 486.007818W ♦ 2 36 18 78 WSU 134 535.007824W ♦ 2 36 24 78 WSU 154 576.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 ¾ 10.5 31.00

Combination Cabinets1872 ♦ 7 36 18 78 KD 152 521.002472 ♦ 7 36 24 78 KD 181 573.007814 ♦ 7 36 18 78 WSU 156 612.007820 ♦ 7 36 24 78 WSU 178 679.00

Extra Shelves304 ♦ 18 18 ¾ 4 14.30305 ♦ 18 24 ¾ 5.8 17.00

Counter Height Cabinets1842‡ ♦ 3 36 18 42 KD 90 351.002442‡ ♦ 3 36 24 42 KD 103 380.004218DLX‡ ♦ 3 36 18 42 SU 90 447.004224DLX‡ ♦ 3 36 24 42 SU 103 474.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 ¾ 10.5 31.00

Caster Kit for Storage CabinetsCK18 ♦ 36 18 6 11/16 21 103.00CK24 ♦ 36 24 6 11/16 23 107.00

Padlock Hasp††

HSP†† 1 6.30

STEEL LOCKERS 53

• Heavy-duty 16 gauge door frame for added durability.• Knuckle hinges provide added strength and security.• Integrated levelers compensate for uneven fl oors.• Louvered back panel provides cabinet ventilation.• Three point door locking mechanism for added security.• Meets ANSI BIFMA test standards.• Full-width shelf capacity-18” holds 150 lbs. and 24” holds 200 lbs. evenly distributed.

Steel Lockers: C-Thru LockersC-Thru Lockers are the perfect solution for viewing the contents of lockers without violat-ing people's privacy in schools, industrial applications, airports, prisons and more where concealed belongings need to be scrutinized. Tennsco C-Thru Lockers feature heavy duty steel construction with visual door panels and vandal-resistant handles for secure storage of clothing and personal belongings.

Please NoteStandard Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand

Single Tier C-Thru Lockers With LegsCSL-121272-1 12 12 78 61 $462.00CSL-121272-3 36 12 78 156 1,119.00CSL-121572-1 12 15 78 65 476.00CSL-121572-3 36 15 78 164 1,148.00CSL-121872-1 12 18 78 69 488.00CSL-121872-3 36 18 78 173 1,181.00CSL-151872-1 15 18 78 76 543.00CSL-151872-3 45 18 78 196 1,344.00

Single Tier C-Thru Lockers Without LegsCSL-121572-C 36 15 72 159 1,126.00CSL-121872-A 12 18 72 67 487.00CSL-121872-C 36 18 72 168 1,164.00CSL-151872-A 15 18 72 74 521.00CSL-151872-C 45 18 72 191 1,305.00

Double Tier C-Thru Lockers With LegsCDL-121236-1 12 12 78 59 498.00CDL-121236-3 36 12 78 151 1,366.00CDL-121536-1 12 15 78 63 553.00CDL-121536-3 36 15 78 159 1,393.00CDL-121836-1 12 18 78 67 560.00CDL-121836-3 36 18 78 168 1,361.00CDL-151836-1 15 18 78 74 590.00CDL-151836-3 45 18 78 191 1,502.00

Double Tier C-Thru Lockers Without LegsCDL-121236-A 12 12 72 57 543.00CDL-121236-C 36 12 72 146 1,369.00 CDL-121536-C 36 15 72 154 1,274.00CDL-121836-A 12 18 72 65 544.00CDL-121836-C 36 18 72 163 1,387.00CDL-151836-C 45 18 72 186 1,487.00

6 High Box C-Thru Lockers With LegsCBL6-121212-1 12 12 78 53 413.00CBL6-121212-3 36 12 78 131 1,125.00CBL6-121512-1 12 15 78 58 432.00CBL6-121512-3 36 15 78 145 1,134.00CBL6-121812-1 12 18 78 63 445.00CBL6-121812-3 36 18 78 157 1,171.00

6 High Box C-Thru Lockers Without LegsCBL6-121212-A 12 12 72 51 406.00CBL6-121212-C 36 12 72 126 1,065.00CBL6-121512-A 12 15 72 56 425.00CBL6-121512-C 36 15 72 140 1,115.00CBL6-121812-A 12 18 72 61 438.00CBL6-121812-C 36 18 72 152 1,144.00


C-Thru Lockers


Note: All C-Thru lockers are available without legs. Call Tennsco for pricing.

Caster KitAdd mobility to cabinets. Perfect for areas where materials need to be secured yet accessible at different locations. Adds 6 11/16" to cabinet height.

Recessed HandleOptional recessed handle for Standard Storage Cabinets offers easy access without obstructions protruding into narrow aisle ways.

Standard Storage Cabinets• Reinforced doors provide strength & durability.• Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts.• Heavy duty leaf hinges assure doors stay aligned.• Raised base keeps materials out of harm’s way.• Three point locking mechanism for maximum security.• Meets ANSI BIFMA test standards.• Full-width shelf capacity-18” holds 150 lbs. and 24” holds 200 lbs. evenly distributed.

Storage Cabinet

Counter Height Cabinet

Wardrobe Cabinet Combination Cabinet

* “RH” suffi x indicates recessed handle.

** “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “WSU” indicates welded, set-up unit; “SU” indicates preassembled unit.

‡ Countertop extends ½" past front of unit.


Desk Height Cabinet

Standard HandlePolished chrome handle with lock activates the cabinet’s three-point locking system.

STORAGE CABINETS 5

Cat. No.* Openings W D H Type** Wt. List Price

Please NoteStandard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty, Sand




Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 ¾ 10.5 31.00

Wardrobe Cabinets1471 ♦ 2 36 18 72 KD 100 358.007114 ♦ 2 36 18 72 WSU 107 416.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00

Combination Cabinets1472 ♦ 7 36 18 72 KD 123 416.001482 7 36 24 72 KD 149 466.007214 ♦ 7 36 18 72 WSU 125 470.007220 ♦ 7 36 24 72 WSU 143 566.00

Extra Shelves304 ♦ 18 18 ¾ 4 14.30305 ♦ 18 24 ¾ 5.8 17.00

Counter Height Cabinets1442‡ ♦ 3 36 18 42 KD 74 272.004218 ♦ 3 36 18 42 WSU 79 331.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00

Desk Height Cabinets1430‡ ♦ 2 36 18 30 KD 51 230.003018‡ ♦ 2 36 18 30 WSU 58 297.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00


52 STEEL LOCKERS

Steel Lockers: Ventilated Steel LockersVentilated Steel Lockers feature three-sided locker ventilation, which offers continuousairfl ow to help prevent odor causing bacteria. The specially designed diamond-shaped ventilation slots allow clear visibility to locker interior making it easy to identify contents. Ventilated Lockers also offer all welded construction, smooth operating latching mechanism and are available with and without legs.

Ventilated Steel Lockers- No assembly required.


QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand

National Motor Freight classifi cation: Class 100Locker Accessories are located on page 54.

Single Tier Ventilated Lockers With LegsVSL-121872-1 ♦ 12 18 78 88 $496.00VSL-121872-3 ♦ 36 18 78 219 1,156.00VSL-151872-1 15 18 78 93 526.00VSL-151872-3 45 18 78 233 1,265.00VSL-181872-1 18 18 78 98 602.00VSL-181872-2 36 18 78 245 1,073.00

Single Tier Ventilated Lockers Without LegsVSL-121872-A 12 18 72 86 485.00VSL-121872-C 36 18 72 214 1,131.00VSL-151872-A 15 18 72 91 515.00VSL-151872-C 45 18 72 228 1,240.00VSL-181872-A 18 18 72 96 596.00VSL-181872-B 36 18 72 241 1,067.00

Double Tier Ventilated Lockers With LegsVDL-121836-1 ♦ 12 18 78 88 524.00VDL-121836-3 ♦ 36 18 78 223 1,256.00VDL-151836-1 15 18 78 93 594.00VDL-151836-3 45 18 78 233 1,406.00

Double Tier Ventilated Lockers Without LegsVDL-121836-A ♦ 12 18 72 84 520.00VDL-121836-C 36 18 72 209 1,234.00VDL-151836-A 15 18 72 88 587.00VDL-151836-C 45 18 72 223 1,389.00

6-High Box Ventilated Lockers With LegsVBL6-1218-1 ♦ 12 18 78 104 606.00VBL6-1218-3 ♦ 36 18 78 274 1,448.00

6-High Box Ventilated Lockers Without LegsVBL6-1218-A 12 18 78 102 595.00VBL6-1218-C 36 18 78 269 1,423.00


6 STORAGE CABINETS

Jumbo Storage Cabinets

* “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “SU” indicates preassembled unit.


Cat. No. Openings W D H Type* Wt. List Price


QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty, Sand

Wardrobe Cabinet

Combination Cabinet

Storage Cabinet

Jumbo Storage CabinetsJ1842A 3 48 18 42 KD 113 $480.00 J1878A-N ♦ 5 48 18 78 KD 180 635.00J2478A-N ♦ 5 48 24 78 KD 208 687.00J1830SU 2 48 18 30 SU 103 507.00J1842SU ♦ 3 48 18 42 SU 121 569.00J1878SU ♦ 5 48 18 78 SU 203 796.00J2478SU ♦ 5 48 24 78 SU 233 853.00

Jumbo Storage Cabinets with Sliding DoorJSD1878SU ♦ 5 48 211/4 78 SU 228 $1,058.00JSD2478SU ♦ 5 48 271/4 78 SU 258 $1,175.00

Extra Shelves306 ♦ 48 18 15/16 10.6 36.00307 ♦ 48 24 15/16 14 41.00

Jumbo Wardrobe CabinetsJ1878A-N-W ♦ 2 48 18 78 KD 173 563.00J2478A-N-W ♦ 2 48 24 78 KD 199 741.00J1878SUW ♦ 2 48 18 78 SU 191 761.00J2478SUW ♦ 2 48 24 78 SU 217 782.00

Extra Shelves306 ♦ 48 18 15/16 10.6 36.00307 ♦ 48 24 15/16 14 41.00

Jumbo Combination CabinetsJ1878C-N 7 48 18 78 KD 193 626.00J2478C-N 7 48 24 78 KD 213 692.00

Extra ShelvesJPS18 ♦ 24 18 15/16 3.9 24.00JPS24 ♦ 24 24 15/16 5.2 28.00

Caster Kit for 24" Deep Jumbo CabinetsCK-4824 ♦ 48 24 611/16 24 123.00

Pad Lock HaspHSP 1.0 6.30

Storage Cabinet with Sliding Door

Sliding Door adds 3 ½" to cabinet depth.



STEEL LOCKERS 51

• 48” wide cabinet provides 33% more storage space.• Industrial box formed shelves have a 400 lb. load capacity.• Integrated levelers compensate for uneven fl oors.• Three point door locking mechanism for maximum security.• Reinforced doors provide strength and durability.• Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts.• Heavy duty leaf hinges assure doors stay aligned.

Box Lockers are ideal for securely storing smaller items like purses, lunches, books and athletic gear. The effi cient fi ve and six tier confi gurations give schools, clubs, and hospitals the necessary storage capabilities without taking up valuable fl oor space.



Assembled/Unassembled Cat. No. Openings Opening Overall Unit Wt. List Price W D H W D H

3, 4, 15 & 16-Person Box Lockers

* Center section and coat rod to be attached in fi eld.

3-Person Wall Mounted Box LockersAssembled* BS1-121812-3 ♦ 3 12 18 12 36 18 12 43 $398.00

4-Person Wall Mounted Box LockersAssembled* BS1-121812-4 ♦ 4 12 18 12 48 18 12 55 425.00

15-Person Box Lockers With LegsAssembled* SRS-601878-1 ♦ 15 12 18 12 60 18 78 182 1,200.00

16-Person Box Lockers With LegsAssembled* SRS-721878-1 ♦ 16 12 18 12 72 18 78 190 1,252.00Unassembled SRK-721878-1 ♦ 16 12 18 12 72 18 78 187 938.00

16-Person Box Lockers Without LegsAssembled* SRS-721872-A ♦ 16 12 18 12 72 18 72 184 1,238.00Unassembled SRK-721872-A 16 12 18 12 72 18 72 181 944.00

National Motor Freight classifi cation: Class 70 KD; 100 Set upLocker Accessories are located on page 54.

Steel Lockers: 16-Person, 15-Person & Wall Mounted Lockers

4-Person Wall Mounted


16-Person Locker With Legs

C-Thru Storage Cabinets• Clear acrylic door panels offer visibility to stored contents.• Three point locking mechanism for maximum security.• Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts.• Raised base keeps materials out of harm’s way.

Counter Height CabinetCombination Cabinet Wardrobe Cabinet

Cat. No. Grade No. of Openings W D H Type* Wt. List Price

Storage CabinetsCVD1470 Standard 5 36 18 72 KD 113 $501.00CVD1480 Standard 5 36 24 72 KD 136 571.00CVD7218 Standard 5 36 18 72 WSU 136 546.00CVD7224 Standard 5 36 24 72 WSU 153 615.00CVD1870 Deluxe 5 36 18 78 KD 154 624.00CVD2470 Deluxe 5 36 24 78 KD 183 674.00CVD7818 Deluxe 5 36 18 78 WSU 162 701.00CVD7824 Deluxe 5 36 24 78 WSU 194 756.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 ¾ 10.5 31.00

Wardrobe CabinetsCVD1471 Standard 2 36 18 72 KD 99 463.00CVD7114 Standard 2 36 18 72 WSU 111 521.00CVD1871 Deluxe 2 36 18 78 KD 140 569.00CVD2471 Deluxe 2 36 24 78 KD 155 606.00CVD7818W Deluxe 2 36 18 78 WSU 140 655.00CVD7824W Deluxe 2 36 24 78 WSU 164 696.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 ¾ 10.5 31.00

Combination CabinetsCVD1472 Standard 7 36 18 72 KD 112 520.00CVD7214 Standard 7 36 18 72 WSU 132 575.00CVD7220 Standard 7 36 24 72 WSU 155 671.00CVD1872 Deluxe 7 36 18 78 KD 152 641.00CVD2472 Deluxe 7 36 24 78 KD 181 693.00CVD7814 Deluxe 7 36 18 78 WSU 160 732.00CVD7820 Deluxe 7 36 24 78 WSU 192 799.00

Extra Shelves304 ♦ 18 18 ¾ 4 14.30305 ♦ 18 24 ¾ 5.8 17.00

Counter Height CabinetsCVD1442 Standard 3 36 18 42 KD 69 352.00CVD4218 Standard 3 36 24 42 WSU 82 411.00CVD1842‡ Deluxe 3 36 18 42 KD 90 431.00CVD2442‡ Deluxe 3 36 24 42 KD 103 460.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 ¾ 10.5 31.00

Storage Cabinet

* “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “WSU” indicates welded, set-up unit.



Please NoteStandard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand

QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand

STORAGE CABINETS 750 STEEL LOCKERS

Steel Lockers: Box LockersBox Lockers are ideal for securely storing smaller items like purses, lunches, books and athletic gear. The effi cient fi ve and six tier confi gurations give schools, clubs, and hospitals the necessary storage capabilities without taking up valuable fl oor space.



ASSEMBLED UNASSEMBLEDCat. No. Unit Unit Cat. No. Unit Unit Openings Opening Overall Unit Wt. Price Wt. Price W D H W D H

5 Tier High With LegsBS5-121212-1 52 $359.00 BK5-121212-1 51 $288.00 5 12 12 12 12 12 66BS5-121212-3 131 709.00 BK5-121212-3 129 675.00 15 12 12 12 36 12 66BS5-121512-1 ♦ 56 378.00 BK5-121512-1 ♦ 55 302.00 5 12 15 12 12 15 66BS5-121512-3 ♦ 141 792.00 BK5-121512-3 ♦ 138 704.00 15 12 15 12 36 15 66BS5-121812-1 ♦ 61 390.00 BK5-121812-1 ♦ 60 308.00 5 12 18 12 12 18 66BS5-121812-3 ♦ 152 830.00 BK5-121812-3 ♦ 149 728.00 15 12 18 12 36 18 66BS5-151512-1 64 423.00 BK5-151512-1 63 341.00 5 15 15 12 15 15 66BS5-151512-3 161 926.00 BK5-151512-3 159 821.00 15 15 15 12 45 15 66BS5-151812-1 67 437.00 BK5-151812-1 65 344.00 5 15 18 12 15 18 66BS5-151812-3 167 975.00 BK5-151812-3 164 844.00 15 15 18 12 45 18 66

5 Tier High Without LegsBS5-121212-A 50 351.00 BK5-121212-A 49 281.00 5 12 12 12 12 12 60BS5-121212-C 126 723.00 BK5-121212-C 124 673.00 15 12 12 12 36 12 60BS5-121512-A 54 367.00 BK5-121512-A 53 295.00 5 12 15 12 12 15 60BS5-121512-C 136 741.00 BK5-121512-C 134 696.00 15 12 15 12 36 15 60BS5-121812-A 59 371.00 BK5-121812-A 58 305.00 5 12 18 12 12 18 60BS5-121812-C 147 792.00 BK5-121812-C 144 719.00 15 12 18 12 36 18 60BS5-151512-A 62 444.00 BK5-151512-A 61 337.00 5 15 15 12 15 15 60BS5-151512-C 156 913.00 BK5-151512-C 154 811.00 15 15 15 12 45 15 60BS5-151812-A 65 429.00 BK5-151812-A 63 339.00 5 15 18 12 15 18 60BS5-151812-C 162 947.00 BK5-151812-C 159 832.00 15 15 18 12 45 18 60

6 Tier High With LegsBS6-121212-1 ♦ 61 396.00 BK6-121212-1 ♦ 60 307.00 6 12 12 12 12 12 78BS6-121212-3 ♦ 154 922.00 BK6-121212-3 ♦ 151 764.00 18 12 12 12 36 12 78BS6-121512-1 ♦ 66 415.00 BK6-121512-1 ♦ 65 321.00 6 12 15 12 12 15 78BS6-121512-3 ♦ 167 1,010.00 BK6-121512-3 ♦ 164 796.00 18 12 15 12 36 15 78BS6-121812-1 ♦ 71 425.00 BK6-121812-1 ♦ 70 338.00 6 12 18 12 12 18 78BS6-121812-3 ♦ 180 1,071.00 BK6-121812-3 ♦ 177 825.00 18 12 18 12 36 18 78BS6-151512-1 76 466.00 BK6-151512-1 75 361.00 6 15 15 12 15 15 78BS6-151512-3 190 1,174.00 BK6-151512-3 187 931.00 18 15 15 12 45 15 78BS6-151812-1 79 481.00 BK6-151812-1 78 375.00 6 15 18 12 15 18 78BS6-151812-3 198 1,207.00 BK6-151812-3 194 952.00 18 15 18 12 45 18 78

6 Tier High Without LegsBS6-121212-A ♦ 59 385.00 BK6-121212-A 58 301.00 6 12 12 12 12 12 72BS6-121212-C ♦ 149 874.00 BK6-121212-C 146 756.00 18 12 12 12 36 12 72BS6-121512-A 64 403.00 BK6-121512-A 63 316.00 6 12 15 12 12 15 72BS6-121512-C 161 975.00 BK6-121512-C 158 785.00 18 12 15 12 36 15 72BS6-121812-A ♦ 69 399.00 BK6-121812-A 67 332.00 6 12 18 12 12 18 72BS6-121812-C ♦ 175 1,053.00 BK6-121812-C 172 815.00 18 12 18 12 36 18 72BS6-151512-A 74 466.00 BK6-151512-A 73 360.00 6 15 15 12 15 15 72BS6-151512-C 185 1,143.00 BK6-151512-C 182 920.00 18 15 15 12 45 15 72BS6-151812-A 79 478.00 BK6-151812-A 78 371.00 6 15 18 12 15 18 72BS6-151812-C 198 1,181.00 BK6-151812-C 194 941.00 18 15 18 12 45 18 72


* Lateral drawers ship standard with fi le rods for side-to-side fi ling applications.

For front-to-back fi ling, drawers will accommodate two rows of letter-sized fi les only. This requires one pair of 15CRs (see pg. 15) per drawer sold separately.


Specialty CabinetsPlease NoteStandard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Puttyand Sand


Cat. No. No. of Openings W D H Wt. List Price

Bookcase/Storage CabinetBCD18-72

Storage Cabinet w/ Lateral Drawer

DWR-6618

Storage Cabinet w/ Lateral DrawerDWR-4218

66" High Storage Cabinet


Welded Combination Bookcase/Storage CabinetBCD18-72 ♦ 5 36 18 72 122 $471.00

Welded Storage Cabinets with Lateral Drawer(s)DWR-4218* ♦ 2 36 18 42 94 542.00DWR-6618* ♦ 4 36 18 66 135 649.00DWR-7218-2 3 36 18 72 150 1,015.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 3/4 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 3/4 10.5 31.00

Caster Kit is not available for DWR units.

Cat. No. No. of W D H Wt. List Price Openings


Welded 60" High Storage Cabinets6018DH 5 36 18 60 107 $456.00 6024DH 5 36 24 60 126 505.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 3/4 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 3/4 10.5 31.00


Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 3/4 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 3/4 10.5 31.00

Welded Combination Cabinet6620DH 6 36 24 66 135 568.00

Extra Shelves304 ♦ 18 18 3/4 4.0 14.30305 ♦ 18 24 3/4 5.8 17.00

8 STORAGE CABINETS

Caster KitAdd mobilityto cabinets. Perfect for areas where materials need to be secured yet accessible at different locations. Adds 6 11/16" to cabinet height(Page 4).

STEEL LOCKERS 49

Steel Lockers: Double TierDouble Tiered lockers feature two openings per locker, giving you twice as many lockers in the same space, yet providing plenty of hanging room for shirts and jackets. Perfect for the gym or health club.




With LegsDTS-121230-1 54 $369.00 DTK-121230-1 53 $317.00 2 12 12 30 12 12 66DTS-121230-3 134 907.00 DTK-121230-3 132 746.00 6 12 12 30 36 12 66DTS-121530-1 59 380.00 DTK-121530-1 58 328.00 2 12 15 30 12 15 66DTS-121530-3 148 928.00 DTK-121530-3 145 768.00 6 12 15 30 36 15 66DTS-121830-1 64 388.00 DTK-121830-1 63 330.00 2 12 18 30 12 18 66DTS-121830-3 160 952.00 DTK-121830-3 157 825.00 6 12 18 30 36 18 66DTS-151530-1 64 410.00 DTK-151530-1 63 345.00 2 15 15 30 15 15 66DTS-151530-3 160 1,011.00 DTK-151530-3 157 857.00 6 15 15 30 45 15 66DTS-151830-1 69 414.00 DTK-151830-1 68 345.00 2 15 18 30 15 18 66DTS-151830-3 173 1,035.00 DTK-151830-3 169 873.00 6 15 18 30 45 18 66DTS-121236-1 ♦ 63 388.00 DTK-121236-1 ♦ 61 312.00 2 12 12 36 12 12 78DTS-121236-3 ♦ 156 910.00 DTK-121236-3 ♦ 153 777.00 6 12 12 36 36 12 78DTS-121536-1 ♦ 66 401.00 DTK-121536-1 ♦ 65 322.00 2 12 15 36 12 15 78DTS-121536-3 ♦ 164 935.00 DTK-121536-3 ♦ 161 805.00 6 12 15 36 36 15 78DTS-121836-1 ♦ 70 407.00 DTK-121836-1 ♦ 69 335.00 2 12 18 36 12 18 78DTS-121836-3 ♦ 175 955.00 DTK-121836-3 ♦ 172 821.00 6 12 18 36 36 18 78DTS-151536-1 75 430.00 DTK-151536-1 74 343.00 2 15 15 36 15 15 78DTS-151536-3 187 1,058.00 DTK-151536-3 184 897.00 6 15 15 36 45 15 78DTS-151836-1 ♦ 77 439.00 DTK-151836-1 ♦ 75 353.00 2 15 18 36 15 18 78DTS-151836-3 ♦ 196 1,074.00 DTK-151836-3 ♦ 193 874.00 6 15 18 36 45 18 78

Without LegsDTS-121230-A 48 355.00 DTK-121230-A 47 312.00 2 12 12 30 12 12 60DTS-121230-C 120 854.00 DTK-121230-C 118 742.00 6 12 12 30 36 12 60DTS-121530-A 52 367.00 DTK-121530-A 51 324.00 2 12 15 30 12 15 60DTS-121530-C 130 892.00 DTK-121530-C 128 761.00 6 12 15 30 36 15 60DTS-121830-A 57 374.00 DTK-121830-A 56 329.00 2 12 18 30 12 18 60DTS-121830-C 145 934.00 DTK-121830-C 142 819.00 6 12 18 30 36 18 60DTS-151530-A 62 394.00 DTK-151530-A 61 325.00 2 15 15 30 15 15 60DTS-151530-C 155 969.00 DTK-151530-C 152 843.00 6 15 15 30 45 15 60DTS-151830-A 67 401.00 DTK-151830-A 66 344.00 2 15 18 30 15 18 60DTS-151830-C 167 1,008.00 DTK-151830-C 164 826.00 6 15 18 30 45 18 60DTS-121236-A 60 372.00 DTK-121236-A 59 308.00 2 12 12 36 12 12 72DTS-121236-C ♦ 153 908.00 DTK-121236-C 150 764.00 6 12 12 36 36 12 72DTS-121536-A 63 385.00 DTK-121536-A 62 320.00 2 12 15 36 12 15 72DTS-121536-C ♦ 160 918.00 DTK-121536-C 158 797.00 6 12 15 36 36 15 72DTS-121836-A ♦ 68 388.00 DTK-121836-A 66 333.00 2 12 18 36 12 18 72DTS-121836-C ♦ 171 924.00 DTK-121836-C 168 814.00 6 12 18 36 36 18 72DTS-151536-A 73 417.00 DTK-151536-A 72 338.00 2 15 15 36 15 15 72DTS-151536-C 183 1,033.00 DTK-151536-C 180 849.00 6 15 15 36 45 15 72DTS-151836-A 77 430.00 DTK-151836-A 76 350.00 2 15 18 36 15 18 72DTS-151836-C 193 1,041.00 DTK-151836-C 189 885.00 6 15 18 36 45 18 72


Specialty Cabinets combine alternative storage elements together to create unique cabinets to fi t your ever changing needs You will enjoy all of the standard features of our cabinets including adjustable shelves, reinforced doors, recessed handles, raised bases, and three-point locking.


Cat. No. Bin Rails W D H Wt. List Price Included







Cabinet with Solid Doors7818BC 8 36 18 78 216 $885.00 7824BC 8 36 24 78 240 917.00

Additional Bin RailsCBR-36 - 36 1/2 11/2 2.0 10.00

JAN6618DH 4 36 18 64 99 $475.00

Standard Cabinets with Perforated Doors7218-PD 5 36 18 72 125 $461.00 7224-PD 5 36 24 72 142 530.00

Jumbo Cabinets with Perforated DoorsJ1878SU-PD 5 48 18 78 201 817.00J2478SU-PD 5 48 24 78 231 874.00

Military Cabinet With Standard HandleTA-50 2 42 24 78 290 $1,128.00

Military Cabinet With Heavy-Duty HandleTA-50HH 2 42 24 78 295 1,257.00

Extra ShelvesTA-50ES 42 24 20 88.00

Single Door Cabinet1824 2 19 24 30 53 $299.00

Extra Shelves309 19 24 3/4 5.9 23.00

42"H Cabinet with 16 Charging Stations4224-CMP 17 36 24 42 97 $988.00 4224-CMPM (mobile) 17 36 24 483/4 118 1,082.00

72"H Cabinet with 32 Charging Stations7224-CMP 33 36 24 72 282 1,852.00 7224-CMPM (mobile) 33 36 24 783/4 303 1,946.00

Specialty Cabinets

SPECIALTY CABINETS 9

78" High Storage Cabinet with Bin Boxes

72" High Perforated Storage Cabinet

MilitaryCabinet

72" High Laptop Charging Station

JanitorialCabinet

Single DoorCabinet

Welded 78" High Storage Cabinet with Bin Boxes

Welded 64" High Janitorial Cabinet

Welded Cabinet with Perforated Doors

Welded Military Cabinet

Welded Single Door Cabinet

Welded Laptop Charging Stations

48 STEEL LOCKERS

Steel Lockers: Single Tier


With LegsSTS-121260-1 52 $338.00 STK-121260-1 ♦ 51 $291.00 1 12 12 60 12 12 66 STK-121260-3 ♦ 130 665.00 3 12 12 60 36 12 66STS-121560-1 55 351.00 STK-121560-1 ♦ 54 307.00 1 12 15 60 12 15 66STS-121560-3 140 803.00 STK-121560-3 ♦ 137 701.00 3 12 15 60 36 15 66STS-121860-1 59 363.00 STK-121860-1 ♦ 58 316.00 1 12 18 60 12 18 66STS-121860-3 150 861.00 STK-121860-3 ♦ 147 738.00 3 12 18 60 36 18 66STS-151560-1 55 351.00 1 15 15 60 15 15 66STS-151560-3 140 803.00 3 15 15 60 45 15 66STS-151860-1 60 378.00 1 15 18 60 15 18 66STS-151860-3 150 910.00 3 15 18 60 45 18 66STS-121272-1 61 359.00 STK-121272-1 ♦ 60 287.00 1 12 12 72 12 12 78STS-121272-3 156 831.00 STK-121272-3 ♦ 153 701.00 3 12 12 72 36 12 78STS-121572-1 ♦ 65 373.00 STK-121572-1 ♦ 63 297.00 1 12 15 72 12 15 78STS-121572-3 ♦ 164 844.00 STK-121572-3 ♦ 161 726.00 3 12 15 72 36 15 78STS-121872-1 ♦ 69 384.00 STK-121872-1 ♦ 68 311.00 1 12 18 72 12 18 78STS-121872-3 ♦ 173 879.00 STK-121872-3 ♦ 170 746.00 3 12 18 72 36 18 78STS-151572-1 ♦ 70 409.00 STK-151572-1 69 329.00 1 15 15 72 15 15 78 STS-151572-3 ♦ 179 974.00 STK-151572-3 176 823.00 3 15 15 72 45 15 78 STS-151872-1 ♦ 76 414.00 STK-151872-1 ♦ 74 329.00 1 15 18 72 15 18 78STS-151872-3 ♦ 196 970.00 STK-151872-3 ♦ 192 823.00 3 15 18 72 45 18 78STS-182172-1 92 488.00 STK-182172-1 90 461.00 1 18 21 72 18 21 78STS-182172-2 161 909.00 2 18 21 72 36 21 78 STK-182172-3 277 971.00 3 18 21 72 54 21 78STS-242472-1 113 574.00 1 24 24 72 24 24 78

Without LegsSTS-121260-A 50 325.00 STK-121260-A 49 294.00 1 12 12 60 12 12 60 STK-121260-C 125 654.00 3 12 12 60 36 12 60STS-121560-A 53 338.00 STK-121560-A 52 303.00 1 12 15 60 12 15 60STS-121560-C 135 779.00 STK-121560-C 133 699.00 3 12 15 60 36 15 60STS-121860-A 57 350.00 STK-121860-A 56 314.00 1 12 18 60 12 18 60STS-121860-C 145 832.00 STK-121860-C 142 732.00 3 12 18 60 36 18 60STS-151560-A 53 354.00 STK-151560-A 52 316.00 1 15 15 60 15 15 60STS-151560-C 135 821.00 3 15 15 60 45 15 60STS-151860-A 55 367.00 STK-151860-A 54 324.00 1 15 18 60 15 18 60STS-151860-C 145 881.00 STK-151860-C 142 761.00 3 15 18 60 45 18 60STS-121272-A 59 344.00 STK-121272-A 58 284.00 1 12 12 72 12 12 72STS-121272-C 147 802.00 STK-121272-C 145 691.00 3 12 12 72 36 12 72STS-121572-A 64 358.00 STK-121572-A 62 294.00 1 12 15 72 12 15 72STS-121572-C 159 823.00 STK-121572-C 156 717.00 3 12 15 72 36 15 72STS-121872-A ♦ 68 367.00 STK-121872-A 66 304.00 1 12 18 72 12 18 72STS-121872-C ♦ 169 846.00 STK-121872-C 166 736.00 3 12 18 72 36 18 72STS-151572-A 73 398.00 1 15 15 72 15 15 72STS-151572-C 182 961.00 3 15 15 72 45 15 72STS-151872-A 76 398.00 STK-151872-A 75 326.00 1 15 18 72 15 18 72STS-151872-C 191 949.00 STK-151872-C 187 822.00 3 15 18 72 45 18 72STS-182172-A 86 475.00 STK-182172-A 84 454.00 1 18 21 72 18 21 72STS-182172-B 151 834.00 2 18 21 72 36 21 72 STK-182172-C 272 963.00 3 18 21 72 54 21 72STS-242472-A 107 542.00 1 24 24 72 24 24 72


Single Tier lockers are roomy enough for just about any secured storage application. Tennsco’s Single Tier lockers are the most popular general purpose locker in factories, schools, hospitals, and other locations where coats and clothing are stored.



National Motor Freight classifi cation: Set Up Class 85

Open Style CabinetsPlease NoteStandard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand


Wardrobe Cabinet

Counter HeightCabinet

Storage Cabinet

Combination Cabinet

10 OPEN STYLE CABINETS


Open Style Storage CabinetsOS7218 5 36 18 72 107 $356.00OS7224 5 36 24 72 124 412.00JO1878SU 5 48 18 78 167 545.00JO2478SU 5 48 24 78 197 595.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 3/4 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 3/4 10.5 31.00306 ♦ 48 18 15/16 10.6 36.00307 ♦ 48 24 15/16 14.0 41.00

Open Style Wardrobe CabinetsOS7114 2 36 18 72 82 326.00OS7124 2 36 24 72 119 364.00JO1878SUW 2 48 18 78 155 527.00JO2478SUW 2 48 24 78 181 569.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 3/4 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 3/4 10.5 31.00306 ♦ 48 18 15/16 10.6 36.00307 ♦ 48 24 15/16 14.0 41.00

Open Style Combination CabinetsOS7214 7 36 18 72 107 386.00OS7220 7 36 24 72 124 437.00JO1878SUC 7 48 18 78 167 584.00JO2478SUC 7 48 24 78 197 645.00

Extra Shelves304 ♦ 18 18 3/4 4.0 14.30305 ♦ 18 24 3/4 5.8 17.00JPS18 24 18 15/16 3.9 24.00JPS24 24 24 15/16 5.2 28.00

Open Style Counter Height CabinetsOS4218 3 36 18 42 66 251.00OS4224 3 36 24 42 85 294.00JO1842SU 3 48 18 42 108 391.00JO2442SU 3 48 24 42 118 416.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 3/4 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 3/4 10.5 31.00306 ♦ 48 18 15/16 10.6 36.00307 ♦ 48 24 15/16 14.0 41.00

Caster KitsCK18 36 18 6 11/16 21 103.00CK24 36 24 6 11/16 23 107.00CK4824 48 24 6 11/16 24 123.00

TECHNICAL WORKSTATIONS 47

• Open style allows for storage in tight spaces where opening doors is a problem.• Clear visibility and fast access to products.• Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts.• Shelves adjust vertically in 2” increments to accommodate for a variety of items.• Raised base keeps materials safe from mops and damaging cleaners.

Technical Workstations are easily confi gured to meet any technical application. Heavy duty work surfaces and optional static-control surfaces are designed to handle the toughest assignments. Power Rails provide convenient desktop access to power receptacles. The optional Instrument Shelf is designed to provide more work space while complementing the design and function of the Technical Workstation.Additional Hanging Drawer Units allow for convenient storage of small items.



Technical Workstations with Power Rail & Fixed Legs

Standard Work Surface with Power RailTW-603030-NE ♦ 60 30 30 124 $959.00TW-603034-NE ♦ 60 30 34 127 966.00TW-603630-NE ♦ 60 36 30 130 1,054.00TW-603634-NE ♦ 60 36 34 134 1,061.00TW-723030-NE ♦ 72 30 30 137 1,029.00TW-723034-NE ♦ 72 30 34 140 1,036.00TW-723630-NE ♦ 72 36 30 157 1,130.00TW-723634-NE ♦ 72 36 34 161 1,137.00

Static Control Work Surface with Power RailTW-603030-SE ♦ 60 30 30 124 1,202.00TW-603034-SE ♦ 60 30 34 127 1,209.00TW-603630-SE ♦ 60 36 30 130 1,226.00TW-603634-SE ♦ 60 36 34 134 1,233.00TW-723030-SE ♦ 72 30 30 137 1,263.00TW-723034-SE ♦ 72 30 34 140 1,270.00TW-723630-SE ♦ 72 36 30 157 1,363.00TW-723634-SE ♦ 72 36 34 161 1,370.00



Instrument Shelf

Standard Work SurfaceTWI-60-N ♦ 60 15 18 61 $454.00TWI-72-N ♦ 72 15 18 69 517.00

Static Control Work SurfaceTWI-60-S ♦ 60 15 18 61 562.00TWI-72-S ♦ 72 15 18 69 620.00

Standard Work Surface with Power RailTWI-60-NE ♦ 60 15 18 64 644.00TWI-72-NE ♦ 72 15 18 74 716.00

Static Control Work Surface with Power RailTWI-60-SE ♦ 60 15 18 64 752.00TWI-72-SE ♦ 72 15 18 74 819.00

Please NoteStandard Colors: Sand, Accent Blue

QuickShip Color: Sand

Shown with optional instrument shelf.





Hanging Drawer Units

Fits 30" Deep Technical WorkstationPED-10-30 15 24 9 39 $362.00PED-20-30 ♦ 15 24 203/4 66 526.00PED-30-30 ♦ 15 24 203/4 76 614.00

Fits 36" Deep Technical WorkstationPED-10-36 15 24 9 39 366.00PED-20-36 ♦ 15 24 203/4 66 530.00PED-30-36 ♦ 15 24 203/4 76 618.00

PED-10-XX(1 Drawer)

PED-20-XX(2 Drawer)

PED-30-XX(3 Drawer)

Bookcases

BOOKCASES 11


Cat. No. Description W D H Wt. List Price

Tennsco offers three styles of bookcases depending on your needs. Welded Bookcases – Cool, contemporary look. No exposed bolts offer a smoothfront case design.

Bookcases and Case Style Files – Ultimate in fl exibility and value. Shipped unassembled, they handle fi les, books—you name it!

Welded Executive Bookcases – Refi ned, polished look. Sliding tempered safety glass doors protect materials from dust, while a safety lock prevents unauthorized access.

Welded Bookcases

Executive Bookcases

Bookcases & Case Style Files

Smooth clean lines and adjustable shelves make this bookcase an offi ce favorite.

Growing business? These bookcases expand by simply removing an end panel and attaching another unit.

Sleek radius edges and lockable glass doors offer good looks and security.

Optional adjustable book stops support materials when shelves are partially fi lled.

* Mobile units available. Call factory for pricing.

Bookcases come standard with one adjustable divider per shelf.




13 1/2" Welded BookcasesB-30 ♦ 2 34½ 13½ 28 40 $155.00B-42 ♦ 3 34½ 13½ 40 57 189.00B-53 ♦ 4 34½ 13½ 52 70 239.00B-66 ♦ 5 34½ 13½ 66 90 284.00B-78 ♦ 6 34½ 13½ 78 105 322.00BC30-29 2 30 13½ 29 33 174.00 BC30-42 3 30 13½ 42 45 208.00 BC30-48 4 30 13½ 48 47 241.00

18" Deep Welded Bookcases* BC18-30 2 36 18 30 47 244.00BC18-42 3 36 18 43 66 290.00BC18-52 4 36 18 55 80 331.00BC18-72 5 36 18 72 107 401.00BC18-84 6 36 18 84 122 461.00

Extra ShelfB-345 (for 13 1/2" deep bookcases) 343/8 13½ 3/4 7.6 22.00BCS-18 (for 18" deep bookcases) 36 165/16 25/32 8.3 21.00

Book SupportsBSN6 41/2 1¾ 6 .6 5.90BSN9 41/2 1¾ 9 1.1 7.20

KD Bookcases- 12" DeepB-3000 ♦ 2 Starter Unit 38 12 30 57 245.00B-3001 2 Add-on Unit 38 12 30 45 226.00B-4200 ♦ 3 Starter Unit 38 12 42 79 272.00B-4201 3 Add-on Unit 38 12 42 68 255.00B-6000 ♦ 5 Starter Unit 38 12 60 119 393.00B-6001 5 Add-on Unit 38 12 60 103 359.00B-8400 ♦ 7 Starter Unit 38 12 84 160 $505.00B-8401 ♦ 7 Add-on Unit 38 12 84 138 458.00

Extra ShelfB-12 ♦ 36 12 7/8 7.9 31.00

Shelf DividerB-1 ♦ 10 7 1.2 3.20

Executive Bookcases 30" High

330GL ♦ With glass doors and lock 36 15 30 78 $513.00330 ♦ Without glass doors 36 15 30 60 336.00

42" High342GL ♦ With glass doors and lock 36 15 42 105 588.00342 ♦ Without glass doors 36 15 42 78 363.00


Extra ShelvesGBS-36 ♦ 9.9 24.00


Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand

QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey*, Champagne/Putty and Sand* Not available for Executive Bookcases or 18" Welded Bookcases.

Please Note

46 STUR-D-BENCH

Stur-D-BenchStur-D-Bench Workbenches keep tools and supplies within easy reach for added convenience and productivity. Assemble easily with unique interlocking keyhole slot design.

Please NoteStandard Color: Accent Blue

QuickShip Color: Accent Blue



Stur-D-Bench with Half-Width Drawer*

ZWB-6024-HD ♦ 60 24 66 166 $488.00ZWB-6030-HD ♦ 60 30 66 179 505.00

Additional DrawersZHD24 30 24 23/4 33 176.00ZHD30 30 30 23/4 35 181.00



Stur-D-Bench with Full-Width Drawer*

ZWB-6024-FD ♦ 60 24 66 188 $470.00ZWB-6030-FD ♦ 60 30 66 205 490.00

Additional DrawersZFD24 60 24 23/4 53 203.00ZFD30 60 30 23/4 54 207.00

* Note: Includes particle board top, lower shelf and riser with 60"W x 24"H rear pegboard included for hanging tools and accessories. Drawers are mounted on fully progressive steel ball-bearing suspensions, with load capacity of 150 lbs. per drawer.


Literature Sorters, 30-Drawer Organizers & Card Files


Tennsco offers three great options to organize and access company materials, a wide variety of non-traditional sized media and various items you need to store and fi le. Various sizes allow you to fi nd a size that meets your needs, and all units are welded construction to assure you of outstanding value and years of use.


Literature Sorters

Letter Sized Openings4075 ♦ 305/8 115/8 33 80 $405.00

Legal Sized Openings5075 ♦ 305/8 145/8 33 89 439.00

Extra Shelves4005 ♦ Letter Size Pack of 5 6.4 17.905005 ♦ Legal Size Pack of 5 8.1 21.00


30-Drawer Organizers

Cat. No. No. of W D H Wt. List Drawers Price

Card & Multimedia Storage

CF-558 ♦ 5 19 28 407/16 165 $1,164.00CF-646 ♦ 6 15 28 407/16 170 1,235.00CF-669 ♦ 6 21 28 523/8 214 1,388.00CF-758 ♦ 7 19 28 523/8 220 1,440.00CF-846 ♦ 8 15 28 523/8 216 1,522.00

CF-558 Stores up to 27,200 5 x 8 cards. 640 CDs (960 with center divider removed.) 420 DVDs in standard movie case. CF-646 Stores up to 32,600 3 x 5 or 4 x 6 cards. CF-669 Stores up to 32,600 6 x 9 cards. Ideal for DVDs with use of a second drawer divider. CF-758 Stores up to 38,100 5 x 8 cards. 588 DVDs in standard movie case. 896 CDs (1344 with center divider removed.) CF-846 Stores up to 43,400 3 x 5 or 4 x 6 cards.



Optional Dividers30AD ♦ Pack of 30 6.7 49.00



Optional dividers in drawer organizer are available in black only.

12 LITERATURE SORTERS, 30-DRAWER ORGANIZERS & CARD FILES

6 DrawerCF-669

8 DrawerCF-846

7 DrawerCF-758

6 DrawerCF-646

5 DrawerCF-558

WORKBENCHES 45


Workbench Riser With End Supports- Assembly required.


Electronic Riser With End Supports

Prewired Electronic Riser With End Supports



Electronic Outlet Panel For 72"Benches With Panel Legs

WOP-72 ♦ 715/8 3 43/8 17.4 $99.00



Electronic Outlet Panel For 72"Benches With Two Modular Units

WOP-42 ♦ 42 33/8 43/8 10.3 $45.00



Wiring Kit

WK-1 ♦ - - - 2.5 $107.00


- Assembly required. Shown with optional center tray.

Service Cart

16" Wide CartSC-1630 ♦ 30 16 32 36 $167.00

Optional Center Tray for 16" Wide CartST-16 ♦ 30 16 31/4 11 50.00

24" Wide CartSC-2436 ♦ 36 24 32 40 210.00

Optional Center Tray for 24" Wide CartST-24 ♦ 36 24 31/4 15.8 66.00

Note: Wiring kit sold separately.

Note: Wiring kit sold separately.Includes front and rear panels.

Includes center riser supports.Note: Wiring kit sold separately.

RE-1060 ♦ 60 101/2 12 450 27 $110.00RE-1072 ♦ 72 101/2 12 350 31 119.00RE-1560 ♦ 60 15 12 450 35 136.00RE-1572 ♦ 72 15 12 350 39 146.00RE-18-1560 ♦ 60 15 18 450 38 146.00RE-18-1572 ♦ 72 15 18 350 43 156.00RE-18-1596 ♦ 96 15 18 300 53 205.00

REI-1060-WK-1 60 101/2 12 450 30 $269.00REI-1072-WK-1 72 101/2 12 350 34 277.00REI-1560-WK-1 60 15 12 450 35 291.00REI-1572-WK-1 72 15 12 350 53 305.00REI-18-1560-WK-1 60 15 18 450 54 301.00REI-18-1572-WK-1 72 15 18 350 60 315.00REI-18-1596-WK-1 96 15 18 300 72 357.00

R-1048 ♦ 48 101/2 12 600 18.5 $77.00R-1060 ♦ 60 101/2 12 450 21 78.00R-1072 ♦ 72 101/2 12 350 24 87.00R-1096* ♦ 96 101/2 12 1000 32 136.00R-106018 60 101/2 18 450 24 93.00R-107218 72 101/2 18 350 27 102.00

Workbench Accessories: Risers, OutletPanels, Wiring Kit & Service Carts

Please NoteStandard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand

QuickShip Color: Medium Grey

Cat. No. W D H Load Wt. List Capacity Price



Tennsco Vertical Files are as attractive as they are dependable.

Choose from 2, 3, 4 and 5 drawer models in 28” depth in either letter or legal widths.


Superior Drawer SuspensionsDrawers operate quietly and effortlessly with the help of a three-member, telescoping, steel ball bearing suspension system which allows each drawer to be completely extended for total access. Standard inner lock keeps more than one drawer from open-ing at one time.

Neat, Easy FilingWith full height sides that are ready to accept hanging folders and a durable, metal follower block, there is no need for fi le frames that may be lost ormisplaced.


VERTICAL FILES 13

Vertical Files

2-Drawer 3-Drawer 4-Drawer 5-Drawer


Two Drawer Vertical FileV282-MF Letter Size, 2 Drawer 1415/16 28 2615/16 80 $514.00V282C-MF Legal Size, 2 Drawer 1715/16 28 2615/16 86 533.00

Three Drawer Vertical FileV283-MF Letter Size, 3 Drawer 1415/16 28 383/4 113 651.00V283C-MF Legal Size, 3 Drawer 1715/16 28 383/4 120 678.00

Four Drawer Vertical FileV284-MF Letter Size, 4 Drawer 1415/16 28 509/16 144 795.00V284C-MF Legal Size, 4 Drawer 1715/16 28 509/16 154 820.00

Five Drawer Vertical FileV285-MF Letter Size, 5 Drawer 1415/16 28 623/8 176 924.00V285C-MF Legal Size, 5 Drawer 1715/16 28 623/8 187 959.00

Vertical Files

44 WORKBENCHES

Workbench Accessories: Side & BackRail Kits, Shelves, Casters & Drawers



- Assembly required.Caster Kits

WBCK-3036* ♦ 2 Fixed, 2 Swivel 1000 16 $92.00WBCK-3036S** All Swivel 1000 16 95.00



Side & Back Rail Kit

SB-3048 ♦ 48 30 3 12.2 $46.00SB-3060 ♦ 60 30 3 14 49.00SB-3072 ♦ 72 30 3 15.7 53.00SB-3096 ♦ 96 30 3 18.9 70.00SB-3648 ♦ 48 36 3 13.9 50.00SB-3660 ♦ 60 36 3 15.2 52.00SB-3672 ♦ 72 36 3 17 56.00SB-3696 ♦ 96 36 3 19.9 72.00



Lower Shelf For Units With Open Bench Legs

Lower Shelf For Modular Units With 72"w Tops

Hanging Drawer

Full Depth Lower Shelf

SM-42 ♦ 42 14 11/2 250 14.4 $53.00

WBD-25 25 22 6 70 17 $140.00

FS-48 48 20 - 450 15.5 $100.00FS-60 60 20 - 450 19.5 109.00FS-72 72 20 - 350 23.0 125.00 FS-96 96 20 - 850 31.0 202.00

S-48 ♦ 48 14 - 450 15.5 $53.00S-60 ♦ 60 14 - 450 19.5 63.00S-72 ♦ 72 14 - 350 23 74.00S-96 ♦ 96 14 - 850 31 100.00

Stackable Drawer

Stackable DrawerWBD-1MG* ♦ 15 18 81/4 70 21 $83.00WBD-1LMG** ♦ 15 18 81/4 70 20 88.00WBD-1 15 18 81/4 70 18 142.00

Cam Lock (Field Installable)CL-1 ♦ - - - .1 5.20

Extra Drawer DividerWBDD-12 ♦ 123/8 - 41/4 .6 1.80

Shown with optional Cam Lock

Fits 30” & 36” Legs.

* Medium grey only.** Medium grey only with cam lock.





14 LATERAL FILES

Lateral Files offer substantial space savings and more effi cient access to your most-used fi les. A standard, single “master” lock controls all drawers and doors, while drawers easily slide out on full progressive, lifetime warranted ball bearing suspensions. Files come standard with hanging folder rods for fi ling Pendafl ex folders (side-to-side). Order optional cross rods for front-to-back fi ling.

Lateral Files

2-Drawer

Cat. No.* Product Description W D H Wt. List Price


5-Drawer6-Drawer

4-Drawer3-Drawer

Two Drawer Lateral FileLPL3024L20 30" File 30 17 15/16 27 9/16 97 $660.00LPL3024L21 30" File 30 17 15/16 27 9/16 101 759.00LPL3624L20 ♦ 36" File 36 17 15/16 27 9/16 108 678.00LPL3624L21 36" File 36 17 15/16 27 9/16 112 776.00LPL4224L20 ♦ 42" File 42 17 15/16 27 9/16 120 723.00LPL4224L21 42" File 42 17 15/16 27 9/16 124 823.00

Three Drawer Lateral FileLPL3036L30 30" File 30 17 15/16 39 3/8 131 859.00LPL3036L31 30" File 30 17 15/16 39 3/8 136 1,011.00LPL3636L30 ♦ 36" File 36 17 15/16 39 3/8 145 886.00LPL3636L31 36" File 36 17 15/16 39 3/8 151 1,036.00LPL4236L30 42" File 42 17 15/16 39 3/8 160 945.00LPL4236L31 42" File 42 17 15/16 39 3/8 166 1,098.00

Four Drawer Lateral FileLPL3048L40 30" File 30 17 15/16 51 ¼ 167 1,055.00LPL3048L41 30" File 30 17 15/16 51 ¼ 174 1,253.00LPL3648L40 36" File 36 17 15/16 51 ¼ 184 1,087.00LPL3648L41 36" File 36 17 15/16 51 ¼ 192 1,282.00LPL4248L40 ♦ 42" File 42 17 15/16 51 ¼ 206 1,155.00LPL4248L41 42" File 42 17 15/16 51 ¼ 215 1,354.00

Five Drawer Lateral File (top drawer has a retractable door)LPL3060L50 30" File 30 17 15/16 65 205 1,328.00LPL3060L51 30" File 30 17 15/16 65 213 1,528.00LPL3660L50 ♦ 36" File 36 17 15/16 65 227 1,357.00LPL3660L51 ♦ 36" File 36 17 15/16 65 239 1,568.00LPL4260L50 ♦ 42" File 42 17 15/16 65 262 1,440.00LPL4260L51 ♦ 42" File 42 17 15/16 65 270 1,655.00

Six Drawer Lateral File (top two drawers have retractable doors)LPL3672L60 36" File, Combination Unit* 36 17 15/16 76 7/8 227 1,605.00LPL4272L60 42" File, Combination Unit* 42 17 15/16 76 7/8 293 1,680.00

* L_O Fixed Drawer Fronts; L_1 Retractable Doors; L50 Combination - four solid front doors on bottom openings/retractable door with roll-out drawer on top opening.** For posting shelf unit add a “P” suffi x (ex. LPL4260L51P) to the catalog number and add $85.00 to the list price. (Available on 5 drawer fi les only.)

For counter weights add a “W” suffi x (ex. LPL4224L20W)to the catalog number and add $55.00 on 2-Drawer 30" wide shelving, $65.00 on 2-Drawer 36" wide shelving, and $75.00 on 2-Drawer 42" wide shelving list prices.For counter weights add a “W” suffi x (ex. LPL4248L40W)to the catalog number and add $31.00 on 3, 4, 5-Drawer 30" wide shelving, $36.00 on 3, 4, 5-Drawer 36" wide shelving, and $41.00 on 3, 4, 5-Drawer 42" wide shelving list prices.

Posting Shelf**

Optional hideaway posting shelf provides a handy place to make notes or place materials.(Available on 5 drawer fi les only.)

Retractable DoorSpring assisted doors automatically retract with the slightest touch to keep aisles clear and provide complete access to your fi les.


QuickShip Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty

WORKBENCHES 43

Flared Leg

L-2830 ♦ 31/2 30 28 5000 14.5 $57.00L-2836 ♦ 31/2 36 28 5000 15.5 59.00L-3230 ♦ 31/2 30 32 5000 14.5 47.00L-3236 ♦ 31/2 36 32 5000 16 50.00


Panel Legs

LP-3230* ♦ 3 28 32 2000 48 $173.00

Adjustable Leg

AL-3230 ♦ 3 30 * 4000 17.8 $57.00AL-3236 ♦ 3 36 * 4000 19.3 61.00AL-4230 ♦ 3 30 ** 3000 18.8 66.00AL-4236 ♦ 3 36 ** 3000 20.3 70.00

* Height is adjustable from 277/8" to 353/8 " on 11/2 " centers. Priced as each.**Height is adjustable from 353/8” to 413/8 “ on 11/2 “ centers. Priced as each.

Load Capacity represents total per pair.

Priced as pairs.Load Capacity represents total per pair.*Requires WOP-72 (see page 45)

Priced as each.Load Capacity represents total per pair.

Modular Storage Cabinet

Modular Storage CabinetMS-1524 ♦ 15 24 32 1000 48 $276.00

Optional Second ShelfMBS-1524 15 23 3/4 100 5 37.00

Modular Drawer Cabinet

Modular Drawer CabinetMD-1524 ♦ 15 24 32 1000 77 $525.00MD3-1524 ♦ 15 24 32 1000 69 505.00

Extra Divider*WBDD-12 ♦ 123/8 - 41/4 .6 1.80

MD-1524 has 4 box drawers and MD3-1524 has 2 box drawers and 1 fi le drawer*Note: Divider is galvanized.



Workbench Accessories: Legs & Modular Storage Units






OVERFILES & LATERAL FILE ACCESSORIES 15




QuickShip Color: Black. Laminate top is available in Mahoghony, Oak and Walnut.

Laminate TopsSelf-edged laminate tops add another work surface to your offi ce and are available in sizes to top off any fi le. Available in Oak, Walnut and Mahogany laminates.

Overfiles

Cat. No. Product Description W D H Wt. List PriceSingle Level

L301OF Single Level Overfi le 30 18 181/4 47 $501.00L361OF Single Level Overfi le 36 18 181/4 55 528.00 L421OF Single Level Overfi le 42 18 181/4 61 564.00

Double LevelL302OF Double Level Overfi le 30 18 27½ 63 513.00L362OF Double Level Overfi le 36 18 27½ 76 555.00L422OF Double Level Overfi le 42 18 27½ 89 615.00

Increase storage capacity by turning unused space above lateral fi les into productive space. Sliding doors offer easy access while keeping the offi ce environment neat.

(L3620F shown)

Lateral File Accessories*Cat. No. Product Description W D H Wt. List Price

* Available in black only.** Use 1 pair per drawer.

Divider5AD

Cross Rods15CR

Cross Rods15CR* ♦ Cross Rods (Pair)** 153/4 17/8 7/8 1 $8.50

Dividers5AD* ♦ Dividers - 131/2 63/16 0.7 4.10

CounterweightsFor 2-Drawer FilesT30CW-4 30" Counterweight 205/8 - 101/2 34 76.00T36CW-4 36" Counterweight 345/8 - 101/2 41 90.00T42CW-4 42" Counterweight 405/8 - 101/2 47 106.00For 3, 4 and 5-Drawer FilesT30CW-2 30" Counterweight 205/8 - 101/2 17 41.00T36CW-2 36" Counterweight 345/8 - 101/2 20 48.00T42CW-2 42" Counterweight 405/8 - 101/2 24 56.00

Laminate TopsT1830 ♦ 30" Laminate Top 30 18 1 1/16 17 145.00T1836 ♦ 36" Laminate Top 36 18 1 1/16 23 172.00T1842 ♦ 42" Laminate Top 42 18 1 1/16 26 226.00

Extra Long Pull Label HolderTLPLH 4 - 1 5/16 0.1 1.20

42 WORKBENCHES



Hard Wood and Compressed Wood avail-able in Natural Only.

Laminate is availble in white only.


Workbench Tops (includes stringer)

Steel Top With Stringer**T-3048 ♦ 48 30 11/2 4000 62 230.00T-3060 ♦ 60 30 11/2 2500 74 247.00T-3072 ♦ 72 30 11/2 1800 91 285.00T-3096* ♦ 96 30 11/2 4000 129 384.00T-3648 ♦ 48 36 11/2 4000 71 246.00T-3660 ♦ 60 36 11/2 2500 90 292.00T-3672 ♦ 72 36 11/2 1800 107 328.00T-3696* ♦ 96 36 11/2 4000 144 428.00

Steel Top With Hard Board**THB-3060 60 30 11/2 2500 78 311.00THB-3072 72 30 11/2 1800 99 353.00THB-3672 72 36 11/2 1800 119 400.00

Hard Wood Top With StringerMT-3060 ♦ 60 30 13/4 3800 95 466.00MT-3072 ♦ 72 30 13/4 3600 113 554.00MT-3660 ♦ 60 36 13/4 3800 105 550.00MT-3672 ♦ 72 36 13/4 3600 130 646.00

Plastic Laminate Top With StringerPT-3060 ♦ 60 30 11/2 800 94 346.00PT-3072 ♦ 72 30 11/2 750 110 407.00PT-3660 ♦ 60 36 11/2 800 118 423.00PT-3672 ♦ 72 36 11/2 750 150 482.00

Compressed Wood Top With StringerCT-3060 ♦ 60 30 13/4 1900 123 363.00CT-3072 ♦ 72 30 13/4 1500 146 424.00CT-3660 ♦ 60 36 13/4 1900 137 414.00CT-3672 ♦ 72 36 13/4 1500 174 474.00

*Note: 96" tops require 3 legs.**Includes four mounting channels (enough to mount one workbench drawer or two modular cabinets.)

Workbenches: Tops with Stringer

16 HIGH DENSITY OFFICE FILING UNITS

Imperial Open Shelf Filing & HIPAA Compliant Doors

Imperial Shelving, the most economical method to fi le end-tab fi le folders, keeps materials upright while making fi les more visible, especially when using a color-coding system. All units have closed end panels. Each shelf comes with 5 adjustable dividers and plastic feet to protect carpet or fl oor. It also offers a variety of doors that meet HIPAA (Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996) healthcare privacy regulations for safeguarding personal health information.

Cat. No. No. of W D H Wt. List Openings Price


- Assembly required. - Assembly required.

Reference ShelfProvides a convenient pull-out work space anywhere. Reduces fi ling or storage space by 1".

* Includes: 2 shelf supports, 1 shelf, 1 backstop and 5 dividers.

* All doors come standard with lock, in compliance with (HIPAA) Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 regulations.


Sliding Door KitSingle sliding door offers

lockable security.

Hinged Door AssemblyAdds 2 3/4” to outside depth of unit, including handles; frame uses 1/2” vertical fi ling space.



Hinged Doors with Extended FramesLTHD-3676RHD 36 2 1/4 76 60 $423.00LTHD-4876RHD 48 2 1/4 76 86 552.00LTHD-3688RHD 36 2 1/4 88 68 422.00LTHD-4888RHD 48 2 1/4 88 89 606.00

Sliding Door KitSD-3676-1 ♦ 36 4 1/8 76 103 907.00SD-4876-1 ♦ 48 4 1/8 76 138 955.00SD-3688-1 ♦ 36 4 1/8 88 120 922.00SD-4888-1 ♦ 48 4 1/8 88 160 971.00

Two Piece Backs (to enclose units with doors)LTBP-3676-2 36 76 18.6 $101.00LTBP-4876-2 48 76 21.0 111.00LTBP-3688-2 36 88 25.0 129.00LTBP-4888-2 48 88 29.0 144.00

NOTE: 12" & 24" Deep units are letter sized. 15" & 30" Deep units are legal sized.

Please NoteStandard Color: Sand


Single Entry Starter Units 1276PC ♦ 6 36 12 76 117 $376.00127648PC ♦ 6 48 12 76 140 459.001576PC ♦ 6 36 15 76 125 401.001288PC ♦ 7 36 12 88 133 428.00128848PC ♦ 7 48 12 88 156 517.001588PC ♦ 7 36 15 88 145 454.00

Double Entry Starter Units2476PC ♦ 12 36 24 76 199 640.00247648PC ♦ 12 48 24 76 247 775.002488PC ♦ 14 36 24 88 229 719.00248848PC ♦ 14 48 24 88 286 883.003076PC ♦ 12 36 30 76 220 709.003088PC ♦ 14 36 30 88 256 783.00

Reference ShelfRSMB-12 30 12 5/8 9.3 50.00RSMB-15 30 15 5/8 9.7 51.00RSMB-24 30 24 5/8 10.8 55.00RSMB-30 30 30 5/8 11.6 57.00

Single Entry Add-On Units1276AC ♦ 6 36 12 76 108 $337.00127648AC ♦ 6 48 12 76 130 406.001576AC ♦ 6 36 15 76 114 375.001288AC ♦ 7 36 12 88 125 399.00128848AC ♦ 7 48 12 88 147 479.001588AC ♦ 7 36 15 88 132 423.00

Double Entry Add-On Units2476AC ♦ 12 36 24 76 177 587.00247648AC ♦ 12 48 24 76 222 725.002488AC ♦ 14 36 24 88 203 660.00248848AC ♦ 14 48 24 88 257 826.003076AC ♦ 12 36 30 76 205 689.003088AC ♦ 14 36 30 88 225 716.00

Extra Shelf KitISK-3612* ♦ Single Entry 13 40.00ISK-3615* ♦ Single Entry 14.1 43.00ISK-4812* ♦ Single Entry 18.8 51.00ISK-3624* Double Entry 24 66.00ISK-3630* Double Entry 25 72.00ISK-4824* ♦ Double Entry 30 85.00

WORKBENCHES 41

Doors

Two Piece Backs

Starter Units Adder Units

Workbenches: Electronic Workbenches& Electronic Modular Workbenches





Electronic Modular Workbenches

Electronic Workbenches

Cat. No. Top Material W D H Wt. List Price

Cat. No. Top Material W D H Load Wt. List Capacity Price

Electronic Modular WorkbenchesEMB-1-3072S ♦ Solid Steel w/ 2 Drawer Units 72 30 331/2 1800 248 $1,359.00EMB-1-3072M ♦ Hard Wood w/ 2 Drawer Units 72 30 333/4 2000 267 1,619.00EMB-1-3072P ♦ Plastic Laminate w/ 2 Drawer Units 72 30 331/2 750 264 1,472.00EMB-1-3072C ♦ Compressed Wood w/ 2 Drawer Units 72 30 333/4 1500 300 1,489.00EMB-2-3072S* ♦ Solid Steel w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet 72 30 331/2 1800 219 1,110.00EMB-2-3072M* ♦ Hard Wood w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet 72 30 333/4 2000 238 1,370.00EMB-2-3072P* ♦ Plastic Laminate w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet 72 30 331/2 750 235 1,223.00EMB-2-3072C* ♦ Compressed Wood w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet 72 30 333/4 1500 271 1,240.00

Electronic WorkbenchesEB-1-3072S ♦ Solid Steel 72 30 331/2 1800 156 $557.00EB-1-3072M ♦ Hard Wood 72 30 333/4 2000 178 826.00EB-1-3672M ♦ Hard Wood 72 36 333/4 2000 195 918.00EB-1-3072P ♦ Plastic Laminate 72 30 331/2 750 175 679.00EB-1-3672P ♦ Plastic Laminate 72 36 331/2 750 215 754.00EB-1-3072C ♦ Compressed Wood 72 30 333/4 1500 211 696.00EB-1-3672C ♦ Compressed Wood 72 36 333/4 1500 239 746.00

EB-1-3072SSolid Steel Top Electronic Workbench

EB-1-3072CCompressed Wood Top Electronic Workbench

EB-1-3072MHard Wood Top Electronic Workbench

EMB-2-3072SSolid Steel Top Electronic ModularWorkbench

EB-1-3072PPlastic Laminate Top Electronic Workbench

*Load capacity is for top only.National Motor Freight classifi cation: Class 85NOTE: Workbench accessories are located on pages 43-45.




FIXED SHELF FILING UNITS 17

Fixed Shelf & Lateral File Units

Fixed Shelf Files are sturdy welded units that do not have to be assembled and also offer an optional posting shelf for additional work surface. Fixed Shelf Lateral Files are available with or without doors. Open Units are perfect for color-coded fi ling systems, books, manuals etc. Use Closed Units when confi dentiality, security or protection of materials is of paramount concern. Closed Units have individual retractable doors for each shelf level.

*Dividers available in black only.

- Comes standard with four dividers per shelf level (dividers are black only).


Cat. No. Product Description W D H Wt. List Price


Cat. No. Number of Openings W D H Wt. List PriceFSF-78 ♦ 7 341/2 131/2 78 117 $544.00

Reference ShelfFSFRS-1 ♦ 30 12 1/2 8.6 50.00

Extra Divider*PD-1108-BK 11 8 .4 2.20

Fixed Shelf Lateral Files


QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand

Closed Lateral File (Door Units)FS351L ♦ 5-Level Fixed Shelf Unit w/Doors 36 16½ 63½ 180 $1,231.00FS361L ♦ 6-Level Fixed Shelf Unit w/Doors 36 16½ 751/4 218 1,410.00FS371L ♦ 7-Level Fixed Shelf Unit w/Doors 36 16½ 87 242 1,562.00

Open Lateral FileFS350 ♦ 5-Level Fixed Shelf Unit 36 16½ 63½ 124 701.00FS360 ♦ 6-Level Fixed Shelf Unit 36 16½ 751/4 150 764.00FS370 ♦ 7-Level Fixed Shelf Unit 36 16½ 87 175 857.00

Extra DividerFD-1108 ♦ 11 8 .8 2.50

Fixed Shelf File

40 WORKBENCHES

Workbenches: Adjustable LegsPlease NoteStandard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand


- Assembly required.Steel Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches

- Assembly required.Solid Hard Wood Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches


Compressed Wood Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches - Assembly required.

Plastic Laminate Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches


NOTE: Workbench accessories are located on pages 43-45.

*96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs.**Height is adjustable from 27 7/8” to 35 3/8” on 1 1/2” centers.








WBA-1-3048S ♦ 48 30 ** 4000 98 $344.00 WBA-1-3060S ♦ 60 30 ** 2500 110 361.00 WBA-1-3072S ♦ 72 30 ** 1800 127 399.00WBA-1-3096S* ♦ 96 30 ** 4000 182 555.00WBA-1-3660S ♦ 60 36 ** 2500 129 414.00WBA-1-3672S ♦ 72 36 ** 1800 141 450.00WBA-1-3696S* ♦ 96 36 ** 4000 202 611.00

WBA-1-3048W ♦ 48 30 ** 4000 109 $541.00WBA-1-3060W ♦ 60 30 ** 3800 131 580.00WBA-1-3072W ♦ 72 30 ** 3600 148 668.00WBA-1-3096W* 96 30 ** 4000 194 926.00WBA-1-3660W ♦ 60 36 ** 3800 144 672.00WBA-1-3672W ♦ 72 36 ** 3600 168 768.00WBA-1-3696W* 96 36 ** 4000 227 1,338.00

WBA-1-3048C 48 30 ** 2400 131 $456.00 WBA-1-3060C ♦ 60 30 ** 1900 159 477.00WBA-1-3072C ♦ 72 30 ** 1500 181 538.00 WBA-1-3096C* 96 30 ** 2400 238 876.00 WBA-1-3660C ♦ 60 36 ** 1900 176 536.00WBA-1-3672C ♦ 72 36 ** 1500 212 596.00WBA-1-3696C* 96 36 ** 2400 280 898.00

WBA-1-3048P 48 30 ** 1200 115 $432.00 WBA-1-3060P ♦ 60 30 ** 800 130 460.00WBA-1-3072P ♦ 72 30 ** 750 145 521.00WBA-1-3096P* 96 30 ** 1200 200 728.00WBA-1-3660P ♦ 60 36 ** 800 157 545.00WBA-1-3672P ♦ 72 36 ** 750 188 604.00WBA-1-3696P* 96 36 ** 1200 235 836.00

Plastic Top is White.

18 STACKABLE TIERS

Need more fi ling or fl oor space? Add-A-Stack is the modular fi ling system that ex-pands as easily as adding another shelf. The thin profi le reduces the height of each tier, allowing more within reaching height.


Add-A-Stack Filing System

NOTE: *Bases are available in either 1" height (without levelers) or 4" height (with levelers).- All tops are 1" high.- Tiers priced as each, packed 2 per box.


Cat. No. Remarks Inside Overall Wt. List W D H W D H Price

Letter Sized 36" Wide Stackable TierAS36L ♦ With 4 fi xed dividers 35 13 97/8 36 133/16 10 20 $88.00

Letter Sized 48" Wide Stackable TierAS48L With 6 fi xed dividers 47 13 97/8 48 133/16 10 23 114.00

Cat. No. Remarks Base Size Top Size Wt. List Price

Letter Sized Base & Top SetsAS36LBT ♦ 36"w, no levelers* 36 133/16 1 36 133/16 1 18 $87.00AS36LBT-L ♦ 36"w, with levelers* 36 133/16 4 36 133/16 1 22 124.00AS48LBT 48"w, no levelers* 48 133/16 1 48 133/16 1 23 109.00AS48LBT-L 48"w, with levelers* 48 133/16 4 48 133/16 1 29 146.00

Legal Sized 36" Wide Stackable TierAS36G ♦ With 4 fi xed dividers 35 16 97/8 36 163/16 10 25 $102.00

Legal Sized 48" Wide Stackable TierAS48G With 6 fi xed dividers 47 16 97/8 48 163/16 10 28 130.00


Legal Sized Base & Top SetsAS36GBT ♦ 36"w, no levelers* 36 163/16 1 36 163/16 1 21 $105.00AS36GBT-L ♦ 36"w, with levelers* 36 163/16 4 36 163/16 1 27 131.00AS48GBT 48"w, no levelers* 48 163/16 1 48 163/16 1 27 120.00AS48GBT-L 48"w, with levelers* 48 163/16 4 48 163/16 1 34 161.00

Cat. No. Remarks W D Wt. List Price



Posting Shelves & Locking DoorsAS36PS ♦ 36" wide posting shelf 36 911/16 10 $131.00AS36LD 36" wide locking door 36 911/16 7 155.00AS48PS 48" wide posting shelf 48 911/16 13.3 136.00 AS48LD 48" wide locking door 48 911/16 8.2 185.00

Please NoteStandard Colors: Light Grey, Sand

QuickShip Colors: Light Grey, Sand


X-Ray Sized 36" Wide Stackable TierAS36X ♦ With 4 fi xed dividers - - - 36 193/16 15 42 $172.00


X-Ray Sized Base & Top SetsAS36XBT ♦ 36"w, no levelers* - - 1 36 193/16 1 24 $120.00AS36XBT-L ♦ 36"w, with levelers* - - 4 36 193/16 1 30 140.00

Stackable Tier

Base and Top Set (1" Base, no levelers)

Base and Top Set (4" Base with levelers)

Posting Shelf

Locking Door

WORKBENCHES 39

Tennsco Workbenches are constructed of only the fi nest materials. Choose from a 12 gauge steel top, a solid hard wood top, a compressed wood top or a plastic laminate top.



Workbenches: Flared LegsPlease NoteStandard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand





Steel Top Workbenches- Assembly required.

Solid Hard Wood Top Workbenches


Compressed Wood Top Workbenches- Assembly required.


White Plastic Laminate Top Workbenches

With Stringer & LegsWB-1-3048S ♦ 48 30 331/2 4000 91 $324.00 WB-1-3060S ♦ 60 30 331/2 2500 103 341.00WB-1-3072S ♦ 72 30 331/2 1800 120 379.00WB-1-3096S* ♦ 96 30 331/2 4000 173 525.00 WB-1-3660S ♦ 60 36 331/2 2500 122 392.00WB-1-3672S ♦ 72 36 331/2 1800 134 428.00WB-1-3696S* ♦ 96 36 331/2 4000 192 578.00

With Stringer & LegsWB-1-3048W 48 30 33¾ 4000 96 $497.00 WB-1-3060W ♦ 60 30 33¾ 3800 124 560.00WB-1-3072W ♦ 72 30 33¾ 3600 142 648.00WB-1-3096W* 96 30 33¾ 4000 184 896.00 WB-1-3660W ♦ 60 36 33¾ 3800 137 650.00WB-1-3672W ♦ 72 36 33¾ 3600 162 746.00 WB-1-3696W* 96 36 33¾ 4000 217 1,305.00



With Stringer & LegsWB-1-3048C 48 30 333/4 2400 124 $436.00 WB-1-3060C ♦ 60 30 333/4 1900 152 457.00WB-1-3072C ♦ 72 30 333/4 1500 175 518.00WB-1-3096C* 96 30 333/4 2400 233 855.00WB-1-3660C ♦ 60 36 333/4 1900 169 514.00 WB-1-3672C ♦ 72 36 333/4 1500 206 574.00WB-1-3696C* 96 36 333/4 2400 270 865.00

With Stringer & LegsWB-1-3048P 48 30 331/2 1200 126 $412.00 WB-1-3060P ♦ 60 30 331/2 800 123 440.00WB-1-3072P ♦ 72 30 331/2 750 139 501.00WB-1-3096P* 96 30 331/2 1200 190 698.00WB-1-3660P ♦ 60 36 331/2 800 150 523.00 WB-1-3672P ♦ 72 36 331/2 750 182 582.00WB-1-3696P* 96 36 331/2 1200 225 803.00

*96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs.




COMMERCIAL SHELVING 19

Organization is the key to productivity. Tennsco organizes both your front and back offi ce to keep offi ces running smoothly. Tennsco's multipurpose ESP Shelving is ideal for storage applications in offi ce stockrooms and throughout your plant. Every-thing you need shipped in one box.

Regal Shelving components snap together with steel shoulder rivets for added rigidity. This added strength makes Regal Shelving sturdy enough for any storage application, while the wood grain laminate shelves make it attractive for the front offi ce. Every-thing you need shipped in one box.

ESP & Regal Shelving


Cat. No. Openings W D H Wt. List Price

ESP-1236 ♦ 4 36 12 75 48 $150.00ESP-1836 ♦ 4 36 18 75 61 182.00ESP-2436 ♦ 4 36 24 75 73 215.00ESP-6-1236 ♦ 5 36 12 75 53 158.00ESP-6-1836 ♦ 5 36 18 75 68 191.00ESP-6-2436 ♦ 5 36 24 75 77 229.00

Extra ShelvesPackaged 2 shelves per carton, priced per shelf.

ES-12 ♦ 36 12 1 6.0 19.20ES-18 ♦ 36 18 1 8.2 23.00ES-24 ♦ 36 24 1 10.8 27.00


ESP Shelves use multiple-bend fl anges with lapped and welded corners. The design permits loads up to 250 lbs. per shelf.

Flanged ForExtra Support

Please NoteStandard Color: Medium Grey


Cat. No. Number of Openings W D H Wt. List Price- Assembly required.

Starter UnitsRGL-1236S ♦ 5 36 12 76 85 $199.00RGL-1536S ♦ 5 36 15 76 99 219.00RGL-1836S ♦ 5 36 18 76 104 244.00

Add-On UnitsRGL-1236A ♦ 5 36 12 76 80 166.00RGL-1536A ♦ 5 36 15 76 94 185.00RGL-1836A ♦ 5 36 18 76 100 210.00

ESP Shelving

Regal Shelving



38 WORKBENCHES

Cat No. W D H Wt. List Price

Electric RiserRE-1045WK ♦ 45 8 101/4 23 $167.00

Push Handle Power StripMHE-25 ♦ 25 8 101/4 10 162.00


Push Handle Power StripElectric RiserFits only 48" wide units.

Please NoteStandard Color: Light Grey, Medium Grey, and Sand




- Assembly required.Workbench Configurations

MB-2530-BB ♦ 33 25 43 234 $1,173.00MB-2530-C ♦ 33 25 43 153 712.00MB-3-2545 ♦ 48 25 43 294 1,634.00MB-4-2545 ♦ 48 25 43 270 1,334.00MB-5-2545 48 25 43 220 1,321.00MB-6-2545 48 25 43 251 1,311.00MB-7-2545 48 25 43 278 1,512.00

MB-2530-BB MB-3-2545 MB-4-2545 MB-5-2545

MB-2530-C MB-6-2545 MB-7-2545

Workbenches: Mobile Workbenches

Shelves have a Light Oak fi nish.

20 BOLTLESS SHELVING

* Load capacity in pounds per shelf level, evenly distributed. Total unit capacity, using four uprights, not to exceed 8000 lbs., based on 24" centers or less.

Z-Line Shelving is value without compromising performance. Its versatile array of components means it fi ts all your storage needs. Combine an interlocking keyhole design for fast, boltless installation without clips, gussets or sway bars and you have a shelving system designed for your specifi c needs.

Z-Line Low Profi le Shelving maximizes shelf openings in light to medium duty support applications.

Z-Line Shelving: Low Profile


NOTE: Products are shown with one additional shelf level.

Low Profile Shelving With Particle Board Shelving (4 Shelves, 3 Openings)

36 12 84 600 ZA7-3612S-4D ♦ 65 $138.00 ZA7-3612A-4D ♦ 63 $132.00 ZAES-3612D ♦ 10.9 $16.4036 18 84 600 ZA7-3618S-4D ♦ 83 155.00 ZA7-3618A-4D ♦ 80 146.00 ZAES-3618D ♦ 14.7 19.4036 24 84 600 ZA7-3624S-4D ♦ 99 168.00 ZA7-3624A-4D ♦ 95 159.00 ZAES-3624D ♦ 18.4 22.0036 36 84 600 ZA7-3636S-4D ♦ 136 212.00 ZA7-3636A-4D ♦ 135 213.00 ZAES-3636D ♦ 29 41.0042 12 84 550 ZA7-4212S-4D ♦ 73 150.00 ZA7-4212A-4D ♦ 71 144.00 ZAES-4212D ♦ 12.8 19.4042 18 84 550 ZA7-4218S-4D ♦ 93 168.00 ZA7-4218A-4D ♦ 89 159.00 ZAES-4218D ♦ 17.1 23.0042 24 84 550 ZA7-4224S-4D ♦ 111 183.00 ZA7-4224A-4D ♦ 107 173.00 ZAES-4224D ♦ 22 26.0042 36 84 550 ZA7-4236S-4D ♦ 154 225.00 ZA7-4236A-4D ♦ 153 227.00 ZAES-4236D ♦ 34 45.0048 12 84 500 ZA7-4812S-4D ♦ 80 158.00 ZA7-4812A-4D ♦ 78 151.00 ZAES-4812D ♦ 14.6 21.0048 18 84 500 ZA7-4818S-4D ♦ 103 178.00 ZA7-4818A-4D ♦ 99 169.00 ZAES-4818D ♦ 19.6 25.0048 24 84 500 ZA7-4824S-4D ♦ 124 190.00 ZA7-4824A-4D ♦ 120 181.00 ZAES-4824D ♦ 25 28.0048 36 84 500 ZA7-4836S-4D ♦ 175 239.00 ZA7-4836A-4D ♦ 174 240.00 ZAES-4836D ♦ 38 48.00

Unit Size Starter Units List Adder Units List Extra Shelf Levels ListW D H Cap.* Cat.No. Wt. Price Cat.No. Wt. Price Cat.No. Wt. Price

Low Profile Shelving Without Decking (4 Shelves, 3 Openings)

36 12 84 600 ZA7-3612S-4 ♦ 35 $114.00 ZA7-3612A-4 ♦ 33 $108.00 ZAES-3612 ♦ 3.4 $10.4036 18 84 600 ZA7-3618S-4 ♦ 38 119.00 ZA7-3618A-4 ♦ 34 110.00 ZAES-3618 ♦ 3.4 10.4036 24 84 600 ZA7-3624S-4 ♦ 39 120.00 ZA7-3624A-4 ♦ 35 111.00 ZAES-3624 ♦ 3.4 10.4036 36 84 600 ZA7-3636S-4 ♦ 46 140.00 ZA7-3636A-4 ♦ 45 141.00 ZAES-3636 ♦ 6.8 23.0042 12 84 550 ZA7-4212S-4 ♦ 38 120.00 ZA7-4212A-4 ♦ 36 113.00 ZAES-4212 ♦ 4.0 11.8042 18 84 550 ZA7-4218S-4 ♦ 40 125.00 ZA7-4218A-4 ♦ 37 116.00 ZAES-4218 ♦ 4.0 11.8042 24 84 550 ZA7-4224S-4 ♦ 41 126.00 ZA7-4224A-4 ♦ 37 116.00 ZAES-4224 ♦ 4.0 11.8042 36 84 550 ZA7-4236S-4 ♦ 48 145.00 ZA7-4236A-4 ♦ 48 147.00 ZAES-4236 ♦ 7.6 25.0048 12 84 500 ZA7-4812S-4 ♦ 40 125.00 ZA7-4812A-4 ♦ 38 119.00 ZAES-4812 ♦ 4.6 13.2048 18 84 500 ZA7-4818S-4 ♦ 43 130.00 ZA7-4818A-4 ♦ 39 121.00 ZAES-4818 ♦ 4.6 13.2048 24 84 500 ZA7-4824S-4 ♦ 44 131.00 ZA7-4824A-4 ♦ 40 122.00 ZAES-4824 ♦ 4.6 13.2048 36 84 500 ZA7-4836S-4 ♦ 51 151.00 ZA7-4836A-4 ♦ 50 152.00 ZAES-4836 ♦ 8.0 24.00




Starter units use four EUR uprights and 6 DRS end supports; adder units use two ZTP uprights and three DRS end supporters. Shelves are supported, on front and rear only, by low profi le shelf supports (DRS-ww14). 36" deep shelves are supported on all four sides.



QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey and Sand

Add-on UnitStarter Unit

WORKBENCHES 37

Workbenches: Mobile WorkbenchesMobile Workbenches keep employees productive no matter where they are on the worksite. They feature all welded construction from heavy gauge steel. Units are available in one or four drawer confi gurations. Standard features include: locking cabinet with one cabinet shelf, two fi xed and two swivel casters for easy steering.


Note: Drawer capacity is 70 pounds.


Cat No. W D H Wt. Load List Capacity Price

Mobile Workbench(With Modular Cabinet and Four Drawers)


Mobile Workbench(With Modular Cabinet, One Drawer and Two Shelves)

Mobile WorkbenchMB-2-2542 ♦ 42 25 361/4 157 1000 $852.00

Extra Shelf For CabinetMBS-2124 ♦ 21 23 3/4 6.4 100 41.00

Extra Shelf Left SideMBS-1524 15 23 3/4 5 100 37.00

Mobile WorkbenchMB-1-2542 ♦ 42 25 361/4 182 1000 $1,070.00


Please NoteStandard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, and Sand


BOLTLESS SHELVING 21

Z-Line Shelving: Long Span Shelving and Sloping Shelf Units

Z-Line Long Span beams offer the ability to create shelving units up to 96" wide by 48" deep.


* Load capacity in pounds per shelf level. Total unit capacity, not to exceed 11,000 lbs. per unit (2,750 lbs. per post), based on 24" centers or less.

Uses SUR uprights. Shelves supported on all four sides with wide profi le shelf supports (LRA-xx). 1 SDS-dd included with 48" and 60" width units; 2 SDS-dd included with 72" width units; and 3 SDS-dd included with 96" width units.


Wide Profile Shelving With Particle Board Shelving

48 24 84 2250 ZL7-4824-3D ♦ 125 $243.00 ZLES-4824D ♦ 33 $55.0048 30 84 2250 ZL7-4830-3D ♦ 144 271.00 ZLES-4830D ♦ 39 64.0048 36 84 2250 ZL7-4836-3D ♦ 166 289.00 ZLES-4836D ♦ 47 70.0048 48 84 2250 ZL7-4848-3D ♦ 202 340.00 ZLES-4848D ♦ 59 87.0060 24 84 2000 ZL7-6024-3D ♦ 146 277.00 ZLES-6024D ♦ 40 66.0060 30 84 2000 ZL7-6030-3D ♦ 169 301.00 ZLES-6030D ♦ 48 74.0060 36 84 2000 ZL7-6036-3D ♦ 192 330.00 ZLES-6036D ♦ 55 84.0060 48 84 2000 ZL7-6048-3D ♦ 238 375.00 ZLES-6048D ♦ 71 99.0072 24 84 1750 ZL7-7224-3D ♦ 173 337.00 ZLES-7224D ♦ 49 86.0072 30 84 1750 ZL7-7230-3D ♦ 201 359.00 ZLES-7230D ♦ 58 93.0072 36 84 1750 ZL7-7236-3D ♦ 229 397.00 ZLES-7236D ♦ 68 106.0072 48 84 1750 ZL7-7248-3D ♦ 285 458.00 ZLES-7248D ♦ 86 126.0096 24 84 1250 ZL7-9624-3D ♦ 220 408.00 ZLES-9624D ♦ 65 110.0096 30 84 1250 ZL7-9630-3D ♦ 256 444.00 ZLES-9630D ♦ 77 121.0096 36 84 1250 ZL7-9636-3D ♦ 293 493.00 ZLES-9636D ♦ 89 138.0096 48 84 1250 ZL7-9648-3D ♦ 367 573.00 ZLES-9648D ♦ 114 164.00

Unit Size 3 Shelves (2 Openings) List Extra Shelf Levels ListW D H Cap.* Cat.No. Wt. Price Cat.No. Wt. Price

Wide Profile Shelving Without Decking

Sloping Shelf Units

48 24 84 2250 ZL7-4824-3 ♦ 65 $199.00 ZLES-4824 ♦ 13.1 $40.00 48 30 84 2250 ZL7-4830-3 ♦ 69 211.00 ZLES-4830 ♦ 14.4 44.0048 36 84 2250 ZL7-4836-3 ♦ 73 223.00 ZLES-4836 ♦ 15.8 48.0048 48 84 2250 ZL7-4848-3 ♦ 82 244.00 ZLES-4848 ♦ 18.6 55.0060 24 84 2000 ZL7-6024-3 ♦ 71 217.00 ZLES-6024 ♦ 15.1 46.0060 30 84 2000 ZL7-6030-3 ♦ 75 229.00 ZLES-6030 ♦ 16.4 50.0060 36 84 2000 ZL7-6036-3 ♦ 79 240.00 ZLES-6036 ♦ 17.8 54.0060 48 84 2000 ZL7-6048-3 ♦ 88 261.00 ZLES-6048 ♦ 21 61.0072 24 84 1750 ZL7-7224-3 ♦ 83 259.00 ZLES-7224 ♦ 19 60.0072 30 84 1750 ZL7-7230-3 ♦ 88 275.00 ZLES-7230 ♦ 21 65.0072 36 84 1750 ZL7-7236-3 ♦ 94 289.00 ZLES-7236 ♦ 23 70.0072 48 84 1750 ZL7-7248-3 ♦ 105 317.00 ZLES-7248 ♦ 26 79.0096 24 84 1250 ZL7-9624-3 ♦ 100 312.00 ZLES-9624 ♦ 25 78.0096 30 84 1250 ZL7-9630-3 ♦ 106 333.00 ZLES-9630 ♦ 27 84.0096 36 84 1250 ZL7-9636-3 ♦ 113 349.00 ZLES-9636 ♦ 29 90.0096 48 84 1250 ZL7-9648-3 ♦ 127 384.00 ZLES-9648 ♦ 34 101.00

36 18 84 ZT7-3618S-5 ♦ 137 $455.00 ZT7-3618A-5 ♦ 136 $457.00 ZSSS-3618 ♦ 17.9 $68.00 36 24 84 ZT7-3624S-5 ♦ 160 511.00 ZT7-3624A-5 ♦ 159 513.00 ZSSS-3624 ♦ 23 83.0048 18 84 ZT7-4818S-5 ♦ 187 590.00 ZT7-4818A-5 ♦ 186 592.00 ZSSS-4818 ♦ 27 92.0048 24 84 ZT7-4824S-5 ♦ 217 658.00 ZT7-4824A-5 ♦ 217 660.00 ZSSS-4824 ♦ 33 105.00


Unit Size Starter Units List Adder Units List Extra Shelf Levels ListW D H Cat.No. Wt. Price Cat.No. Wt. Price Cat.No. Wt. Price






Sloping Shelf units only available in Medium Grey.

Logic Wire Shelving Units & Carts

36 WIRE SHELVING

Logic Systems Shelving is perfect for food service, health care, or specialized industrial applications where a modern, sanitary appearance is required. Logic Shelving literally “snaps” together with its patented Logic clip. Shelves can be easily added or removed without disturbing other levels of the unit. This fl exibility allows the interchangeability of wire and solid shelves whenever your needs change.


Add-On Units (4 Shelves, 75" High)

36 18 66 E-361875-4 ♦ $392.00 LE-3618P 10.9 $71.0036 24 74 E-362475-4 ♦ 432.00 LE-3624P 13 81.0042 18 71 E-421875-4 472.00 LE-4218P 12.2 89.0042 24 81 E-422475-4 500.00 LE-4224P 14.7 90.0048 18 77 E-481875-4 ♦ 440.00 LE-4818P 13.7 83.0048 24 88 E-482475-4 480.00 LE-4824P 16.4 94.0060 18 109 E-601875-4 516.00 LE-6018P 22 102.0060 24 125 E-602475-4 ♦ 556.00 LE-6024P 26 112.0072 18 129 E-721875-4 612.00 LE-7218P 27 126.0072 24 145 E-722475-4 ♦ 652.00 LE-7224P 31 136.00

Epoxy List Extra Shelves List W D Wt. Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Wt. Price

36 18 54 E-361875-4A ♦ $345.00 LE-3618A 10.6 $73.0036 24 62 E-362475-4A ♦ 385.00 LE-3624A 12.7 83.0042 18 59 E-421875-4A 425.00 LE-4218A 11.9 91.0042 24 69 E-422475-4A 453.00 LE-4224A 14.4 92.0048 18 65 E-481875-4A ♦ 393.00 LE-4818A 13.4 85.0048 24 76 E-482475-4A 433.00 LE-4824A 16.1 96.0060 18 97 E-601875-4A 469.00 LE-6018A 21 104.0060 24 113 E-602475-4A ♦ 509.00 LE-6024A 25 114.0072 18 117 E-721875-4A 565.00 LE-7218A 26 128.0072 24 133 E-722475-4A ♦ 605.00 LE-7224A 30 138.00




Please NoteStandard Colors: Arctic White, Black, Pearl Grey

QuickShip Colors: Arctic White, Pearl Grey

Units include four posts, four wire shelves, 16 starter clips, and leveling feet.

Units include two posts, four wire shelves, 8 add-on clips, and leveling feet.90° add-on units available, call factory for pricing.

Starter Units (4 Shelves, 75" High)

Wire Shelf Hand Carts

Shelving Units

W D Cat. No. Wt. List Price

Units include two one-piece handles, two or three wire shelves, Logic Clips, four donut bumpers, and two pair of swivel casters.



* Product numbers ending with "M" ship in a single carton

Wire Shelf Hand Carts - Come with 4 swivel casters. Shelves can beadded, removed, or repositioned as quickly as your needs changewithout disturbing other shelving levels.

2 Shelves, 42" Height36 18 HE-361835-2M* ♦ 43 $315.0036 24 HE-362435-2M 49 359.0042 18 HE-421835-2 46 352.0042 24 HE-422435-2 53 368.0048 18 HE-481835-2 ♦ 49 336.0048 24 HE-482435-2M 56 384.0060 24 HE-602435-2 ♦ 77 420.00

3 Shelves, 42" Height36 18 HE-361835-3 ♦ 55 383.0036 24 HE-362435-3 ♦ 63 415.0042 18 HE-421835-3 58 441.0042 24 HE-422435-3 68 466.0048 18 HE-481835-3 ♦ 63 419.0048 24 HE-482435-3 73 451.0060 24 HE-602435-3 ♦ 101 508.00


Z-Line Record Archive Rack holds standard record storage boxes for archival purposes.

Record Archive Storage Racks

Cat. No. W D H Wt. List PriceLSS-361872 ♦ 361/2 181/2 72 88 179.00LSS-482484 ♦ 481/2 241/2 84 142 249.00

- Boxes not included

Z-Line Stur-D-Stor's fl exible shelving components create either a fi ve-shelf unit or a three-shelf/two-shelf worktable. Boltless design allows quick and easy set-up. Industrial grade particle board shelves with steel frames offer 1000 lb. capacity per shelf. Adjusts in 11/2" increments.

Z-Line Stur-D-Stor Shelving



Number of Archive Box ListW D H Openings Capacity Cat.No. Wt. Price

Supplied With Particle Board Decking 42 15 60 2 18 ZA421560-3D ♦ 73 156.00 42 15 84 3 24 ZA421584-4D ♦ 98 210.00 42 30 60 2 36 ZA423060-3D ♦ 113 199.00 42 30 84 3 48 ZA423084-4D ♦ 151 267.00 69 15 60 2 30 ZA691560-3D ♦ 111 218.00 69 15 84 3 40 ZA691584-4D ♦ 148 293.00 69 30 60 2 60 ZA693060-3D ♦ 175 305.00 69 30 84 3 80 ZA693084-4D ♦ 234 408.00

Customer To Supply Decking 42 15 60 2 18 ZA421560-3 ♦ 41 $131.00 42 15 84 3 24 ZA421584-4 ♦ 55 177.00 42 30 60 2 36 ZA423060-3 ♦ 47 149.00 42 30 84 3 48 ZA423084-4 ♦ 64 200.00 69 15 60 2 30 ZA691560-3 ♦ 57 176.00 69 15 84 3 40 ZA691584-4 ♦ 76 237.00 69 30 60 2 60 ZA693060-3 ♦ 67 203.00 69 30 84 3 80 ZA693084-4 ♦ 90 272.00


Z-Line Shelving: Record Archive & Stur-D-Stor

Please NoteRecord Archive Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand

QuickShip Colors: Sand, Medium Grey

Stur-D-Stor Standard Color: Sand


BULK STORAGE 35

Bulk Storage Racks: Components


Decking Types

Wire DeckingZWD-4824 ♦ 48 24 9/16 10.7 $42.00ZWD-4836 ♦ 48 36 9/16 16 59.00ZWD-4848 48 48 9/16 21 85.00ZWD-6024 60 24 9/16 13.3 70.00ZWD-6036 60 36 9/16 20 83.00ZWD-6048 60 48 9/16 27 116.00ZWD-7224 72 24 9/16 16 64.00ZWD-7236 72 36 9/16 24 89.00ZWD-7248 72 48 9/16 32 99.00ZWD-9624 ♦ 96 24 9/16 21 84.00ZWD-9636 96 36 9/16 32 118.00ZWD-9648 96 48 9/16 42 170.00

Corrugated Steel DeckingBSD-4824 ♦ 48 24 9/16 14 $46.00BSD-4836 ♦ 48 36 9/16 21 65.00BSD-4848 ♦ 48 48 9/16 28 84.00BSD-6024 ♦ 60 24 9/16 17.9 55.00BSD-6036 ♦ 60 36 9/16 26 79.00BSD-6048 ♦ 60 48 9/16 36 102.00BSD-7224 ♦ 72 24 9/16 21 65.00BSD-7236 ♦ 72 36 9/16 31 93.00BSD-7248 ♦ 72 48 9/16 42 121.00BSD-9624 ♦ 96 24 9/16 28 84.00BSD-9636 ♦ 96 36 9/16 40 121.00BSD-9648 ♦ 96 48 9/16 58 158.00

5/8" Particleboard DeckingPB-4824 ♦ 48 24 5/8 20 $14.70PB-4836 ♦ 48 36 5/8 31 22.00PB-4848 ♦ 48 48 5/8 40 32.00PB-6024 ♦ 60 24 5/8 25 20.00PB-6036 ♦ 60 36 5/8 37.5 30.00PB-6048 ♦ 60 48 5/8 50 38.00PB-7224 ♦ 72 24 5/8 30 26.00PB-7236 ♦ 72 36 5/8 45 36.00PB-7248 ♦ 72 48 5/8 60 47.00PB-9624 ♦ 96 24 5/8 40 32.00PB-9636 ♦ 96 36 5/8 60 48.00PB-9648 ♦ 96 48 5/8 80 63.00


Note: Safety plugs (included) must be inserted in each end of beam to secure post.

Cat No. No. Supports Included Wt. List Price Capacity

Deck Levels

BPB-48-24 ♦ 2 18.1 $52.00 4150BPB-48-36 ♦ 2 18.5 56.00 4150BPB-48-48 ♦ 2 21 60.00 4150BPB-60-24 ♦ 2 21 60.00 3800BPB-60-36 ♦ 2 23 64.00 3800BPB-60-48 ♦ 2 23 68.00 3800BPB-72-24 ♦ 3 25 73.00 2750BPB-72-36 ♦ 3 27 78.00 2750BPB-72-48 ♦ 3 31 83.00 2750BPB-96-24 ♦ 4 34 95.00 2150BPB-96-36 ♦ 4 37 102.00 2150BPB-96-48 ♦ 4 37 109.00 2150


Additional Support Angles

BPS-24 ♦ 1 24 115/16 1.3 $4.20BPS-36 ♦ 1 36 115/16 2.1 6.00BPS-48 ♦ 1 48 115/16 2.7 7.80

- Order decking separately. See options to the right.

- Decking only.

Corrugated Steel Decking

Particleboard Decking

Wire Decking

Support Angle



* Wire decking uses 5 gauge wire and consists of a 2" x 4" mesh pattern.

Without Decking


Match posts with your needs. Use SUR posts for the most demanding applications. Use EUR for light or medium weight applications and in conjunction with ZTP posts. Use ZTP as an intermediate common “T” post.

Shelf and Deck SupportsShelf supports are available in 14 and 16 gauges. Front to back shelf deck supports help support decking on long spans and work with wide profi le shelf supports and channel beams.

Z-Line Shelving Components: Posts, Shelf & Deck Supports

Cat. No. Length Wt. List PriceEUR-36 ♦ 36 2 $6.50EUR-48 ♦ 48 2.7 9.00EUR-60 ♦ 60 3.4 10.20EUR-72 ♦ 72 4 12.20EUR-84 ♦ 84 4.7 14.10EUR-96 ♦ 96 5.4 16.20EUR-108 ♦ 108 6 18.60EUR-120 ♦ 120 6.7 20.00EUR-132 132 7.4 23.00EUR-144 ♦ 144 8.1 24.00

Standard Angle Post

Cat. No. Length Wt. List PriceZTP-36 36 3.9 $13.50ZTP-48 ♦ 48 5.1 17.50ZTP-60 ♦ 60 6.4 21.00ZTP-72 ♦ 72 7.7 25.00ZTP-84 ♦ 84 9 29.00ZTP-96 ♦ 96 10.3 33.00ZTP-108 ♦ 108 11.6 37.00ZTP-120 ♦ 120 12.8 41.00ZTP-132 132 14.1 45.00ZTP-144 ♦ 144 15.4 49.00

Intermediate Post

Cat. No. Length Wt. List PriceSUR-36 36 2.8 $9.20SUR-48 48 3.7 12.40SUR-60 ♦ 60 4.7 14.40SUR-72 ♦ 72 5.4 17.10SUR-84 ♦ 84 6.5 19.90SUR-96 ♦ 96 7.6 23.00SUR-108 108 8.5 26.00SUR-120 ♦ 120 9.2 28.00SUR-132 132 10.4 32.00SUR-144 ♦ 144 11.4 34.00SUR-168 168 13.3 40.00SUR-181.5 181.5 14.3 43.00

Heavy Angle PostCat. No. W D H Wt. List Price

FBSV-12 15/8 12 15/8 .6 $3.60FBSV-15 ♦ 15/8 15 15/8 .8 3.60FBSV-18 ♦ 15/8 18 15/8 .9 3.90FBSV-24 ♦ 15/8 24 15/8 1.3 5.00FBSV-30 ♦ 15/8 30 15/8 1.6 5.60FBSV-36 ♦ 15/8 36 15/8 1.9 6.50FBSV-42 15/8 42 15/8 2.2 8.80FBSV-48 ♦ 15/8 48 15/8 2.5 10.00

Medium-Duty Front-To-Back Deck Supports (for VDRS)

Cat. No. Load Recommended Length Wt. List Capacity Deck Supports Price

16-GaugeVDRS-1216 1000 - 11.5 .6 $2.90VDRS-1516 1000 - 14.5 .8 3.30VDRS-1816 ♦ 1000 - 17.5 .9 3.80VDRS-2416 ♦ 1000 - 23.5 1.3 4.50VDRS-3016 ♦ 1000 - 29.5 1.5 5.60VDRS-3616 ♦ 1000 1 35.5 1.8 6.40VDRS-4216 ♦ 900 1 41.5 2.2 7.60VDRS-4816 ♦ 850 1 47.5 2.5 8.30

14-GaugeVDRS-4814 1000 1 47.5 3.6 13.30VDRS-6014 ♦ 750 1 59.5 4.6 15.30VDRS-6614 700 1 65.5 5.0 16.50VDRS-6914 ♦ 650 2 68.5 5.2 17.10VDRS-7214 ♦ 600 2 71.5 5.4 18.70

Medium-Duty Shelf Supports



Total weight capacity is not to exceed 8,000 lbs. (2,000 lbs. per post) per unit, based on 24" centers or less.



34 BULK STORAGE

Bulk Storage Racks: UprightsBulk Storage Shelving allows clear and convenient access from the front or rear. It is designed to handle capacities of 10,000 lbs. per upright set. It’s easy to create your own bulk shelving unit:

1. Choose the uprights that meet your needs. (Page 34)2. Select the appropriate deck levels. (Page 35)3. Choose a decking type. (Page 35)

17,000 lbs. capacity based on maximum vertical distance of 24" between any two beams on fl oor.


* Note: Quantities less than 50 uprights please add $250 list set-up charge.

120" High

96" High

72" High

192" High

168" High

144" High

Cat No. W D H Wt. List Price72" High

BUF-2472 ♦ 13/4 24 72 20 $66.00BUF-3672 ♦ 13/4 36 72 22 72.00BUF-4872 ♦ 13/4 48 72 23 78.00

84" HighBUF-2484 13/4 24 84 24 92.00BUF-3684 ♦ 13/4 36 84 25 101.00BUF-4884 13/4 48 84 27 110.00

96" HighBUF-2496 ♦ 13/4 24 96 28 88.00BUF-3696 ♦ 13/4 36 96 30 99.00BUF-4896 ♦ 13/4 48 96 33 108.00

120" HighBUF-24120 ♦ 13/4 24 120 33 111.00BUF-36120 ♦ 13/4 36 120 36 116.00BUF-48120 ♦ 13/4 48 120 38 125.00

144" HighBUF-24144* 13/4 24 144 40 158.00BUF-36144* 13/4 36 144 43 169.00BUF-48144* 13/4 48 144 46 177.00

168" HighBUF-24168* 13/4 24 168 46 189.00BUF-36168* 13/4 36 168 50 199.00BUF-48168* 13/4 48 168 53 208.00

192" HighBUF-24192* 13/4 24 192 53 209.00BUF-36192* 13/4 36 192 57 215.00BUF-48192* 13/4 48 192 64 225.00




Choose from Low Profi le supports to maximize shelf openings with thin but strong shelf supports or Heavy-Duty and Extra Heavy-Duty Channel shelf supports for greater load capacity.

Z-Line Shelving Components: Shelf & Deck Supports


SDS-12 ♦ 7/8 12 211/16 1.0 $3.00SDS-15 ♦ 7/8 15 211/16 1.2 3.50SDS-16 7/8 16 211/16 1.3 4.20 SDS-18 ♦ 7/8 18 211/16 1.4 4.20SDS-24 ♦ 7/8 24 211/16 1.9 5.10SDS-30 ♦ 7/8 30 211/16 2.4 6.50SDS-32 7/8 32 211/16 2.5 7.30 SDS-36 ♦ 7/8 36 211/16 2.8 7.30SDS-42 7/8 42 211/16 3.3 9.60SDS-48 ♦ 7/8 48 211/16 3.8 9.60

Front-To-Back Deck Supports (Use with LRA & LRC Supports)

Cat. No. Load Recommended # Length Wt. List Capacity of SDS-dd Supports Price

LRA-12 ♦ 2250 - 11.5 .9 $3.80LRA-15 ♦ 2250 - 14.5 1.2 4.50LRA-16 2250 - 15.5 1.3 4.90 LRA-18 ♦ 2250 - 17.5 1.4 4.90LRA-24 ♦ 2250 - 23.5 1.9 6.10LRA-30 ♦ 2250 - 29.5 2.3 7.40LRA-32 2250 - 31.5 2.5 8.90 LRA-36 ♦ 2250 - 35.5 2.8 8.90LRA-42 ♦ 2250 1 41.5 3.3 10.60LRA-48 ♦ 2250 1 47.5 3.7 11.30LRA-60 ♦ 2000 1 59.5 4.7 14.20LRA-69 ♦ 1800 1 68.5 5.4 16.30LRA-72 ♦ 1750 2 71.5 5.7 18.70LRA-84 ♦ 1500 3 83.5 6.6 24.00LRA-96 ♦ 1250 3 95.5 7.5 25.00

Heavy-Duty Shelf SupportsCat. No. Load Recommended # Length Wt. List Capacity of SDS-dd Supports Price


LRC-48 ♦ 2500 1 47.5 5.2 $15.00 LRC-60 2250 1 59.5 6.2 20.00LRC-72 ♦ 2000 2 71.5 7.4 22.00LRC-84 1750 3 83.5 8.7 27.00LRC-96 ♦ 1600 3 95.5 9.9 29.00

SSC-36 2750 1 35.5 4.7 $15.70 SSC-42 2500 1 41.5 5.5 17.80 SSC-48 2500 1 47.5 6.3 20.00 SSC-60 2250 1 59.5 7.9 25.00 SSC-72 2000 2 71.5 9.5 29.00 SSC-96 1600 3 95.5 12.7 38.00

Extra Heavy-Duty Channel Shelf Supports

Seismic Support Channel

Cat. No. Load Length D H Wt. List Capacity Capacity Price

14-GaugeDRS-1214 ♦ 600 11.5 27/32 11/8 .5 $2.70DRS-1514 ♦ 600 14.5 27/32 11/8 .7 3.10DRS-1814 ♦ 600 17.5 27/32 11/8 .9 3.50DRS-2414 ♦ 600 23.5 27/32 11/8 1.1 3.70DRS-3014 ♦ 600 29.5 27/32 11/8 1.4 4.50DRS-3614 ♦ 600 35.5 27/32 11/8 1.7 5.20DRS-4214 ♦ 550 41.5 27/32 11/8 2.0 5.90DRS-4814 ♦ 500 47.5 27/32 11/8 2.3 6.60

11-GaugeDRS-3611 ♦ 850 35.5 27/32 11/8 2.8 8.70DRS-4211 ♦ 800 41.5 27/32 11/8 3.2 9.30DRS-4811 ♦ 750 47.5 27/32 11/8 3.7 10.20

Low Profile Shelf Supports

Load capacities are based on the recommended number of SDS-dd front-to-back deck supports.




TOOL & DIE RACK 33


Tool & Die RackFor extra heavy-duty storage, Tennsco's Heavy Duty Reinforced Shelving offers a shelf capacity of 4,000 lbs. Constructed of 16-gauge steel shelves and 14-gauge posts and supports, the unit's superior strength makes it perfect for storing dies, motors, jigs, fi xtures and other heavy materials. Braceless construction allows easy access from all four sides, and the smooth steel surface makes placing and removing items much easier than on wood or wire shelves - simply slide items on and off. A simple design, uncommon for a unit built to withstand such loads, makes it quick and easy to assemble or rearrange.

Standard Color: Medium Grey


Please Note

Cat. No. Shelf Capacity W D H Wt. List (lbs.) Price

Heavy Duty Reinforced Shelving

Note: Overall unit capacity 11,000 lbs; 5 shelves included per unit.

RXHS-361872 ♦ 4000 36 18 72 147 $510.00RXHS-362472 ♦ 4000 36 24 72 202 574.00RXHS-481872 ♦ 4000 48 18 72 181 611.00RXHS-482472 ♦ 4000 48 24 72 214 683.00RXHS-602472 ♦ 3250 60 24 72 255 813.00RXHS-722472 ♦ 2750 72 24 72 305 980.00RXHS-723672 ♦ 2750 72 36 72 415 1,333.00RXHS-361884 ♦ 4000 36 18 84 151 522.00RXHS-362484 ♦ 4000 36 24 84 206 586.00RXHS-481884 ♦ 4000 48 18 84 185 623.00RXHS-482484 ♦ 4000 48 24 84 218 695.00RXHS-602484 ♦ 3250 60 24 84 259 825.00RXHS-722484 ♦ 2750 72 24 84 309 992.00RXHS-723684 ♦ 2750 72 36 84 419 1,344.00RXHS-962484 ♦ 2600 96 24 84 413 1,394.00RXHS-963684 ♦ 2600 96 36 84 560 1,760.00RXHS-361896 ♦ 4000 36 18 96 155 534.00RXHS-362496 ♦ 4000 36 24 96 210 598.00RXHS-481896 ♦ 4000 48 18 96 189 635.00RXHS-482496 ♦ 4000 48 24 96 222 707.00RXHS-602496 ♦ 3250 60 24 96 263 837.00RXHS-722496 ♦ 2750 72 24 96 313 1,004.00RXHS-723696 ♦ 2750 72 36 96 424 1,356.00RXHS-962496 ♦ 2600 96 24 96 417 1,407.00RXHS-963696 ♦ 2600 96 36 96 565 1,773.00

Extra ShelvesRXHS-3618 ♦ 4000 36 18 211/16 25 89.00RXHS-3624 ♦ 4000 36 24 211/16 32 99.00RXHS-4818 ♦ 4000 48 18 211/16 32 107.00RXHS-4824 ♦ 4000 48 24 211/16 40 121.00RXHS-6024 ♦ 3250 60 24 211/16 47 149.00RXHS-7224 ♦ 2750 72 24 211/16 57 179.00RXHS-7236 ♦ 2750 72 36 211/16 79 254.00RXHS-9624 ♦ 2600 96 24 211/16 78 266.00RXHS-9636 ♦ 2600 96 36 211/16 108 339.00


Choose from three great options for shelf decking: industrial grade 5/8" particle board decking, wire decking or steel shelves.

Z-Line Shelving Components:Decking and Steel Shelves


Particle Board Decking

PB-3612 ♦ 36 12 5/8 7.5 $6.00PB-3615 ♦ 36 15 5/8 9.4 6.60PB-3618 ♦ 36 18 5/8 11.3 9.00PB-3624 ♦ 36 24 5/8 15 12.00PB-3630 ♦ 36 30 5/8 18.8 15.10PB-3636 ♦ 36 36 5/8 22.5 18.00PB-4212 ♦ 42 12 5/8 8.8 7.60PB-4215 ♦ 42 15 5/8 10.9 8.20PB-4218 ♦ 42 18 5/8 13.1 10.80PB-4224 ♦ 42 24 5/8 17.5 14.20PB-4230 ♦ 42 30 5/8 21.9 16.70PB-4236 ♦ 42 36 5/8 26.3 20.00PB-4812 ♦ 48 12 5/8 10 8.10PB-4815 ♦ 48 15 5/8 12.5 10.00PB-4818 ♦ 48 18 5/8 15 12.00PB-4824 ♦ 48 24 5/8 20 14.70PB-4830 ♦ 48 30 5/8 25 19.90PB-4836 ♦ 48 36 5/8 31 22.00PB-4842 ♦ 48 42 5/8 35 34.00PB-4848 ♦ 48 48 5/8 40 32.00PB-6024 ♦ 60 24 5/8 25 20.00PB-6030 ♦ 60 30 5/8 31.3 24.00PB-6036 ♦ 60 36 5/8 37.5 30.00PB-6048 ♦ 60 48 5/8 50 38.00PB-6915 ♦ 69 15 5/8 18 14.00PB-6930 ♦ 69 30 5/8 35.9 34.00PB-7224 ♦ 72 24 5/8 30 26.00PB-7230 ♦ 72 30 5/8 37.5 28.00PB-7236 ♦ 72 36 5/8 45 36.00PB-7248 ♦ 72 48 5/8 60 47.00PB-8424 ♦ 84 24 5/8 35 32.00PB-8430 ♦ 84 30 5/8 50 37.00PB-8436 ♦ 84 36 5/8 52.5 48.00PB-8448 ♦ 84 48 5/8 70 63.00PB-9624 ♦ 96 24 5/8 44 32.00PB-9630 ♦ 96 30 5/8 50 37.00PB-9636 ♦ 96 36 5/8 60 48.00PB-9648 ♦ 96 48 5/8 80 63.00


Wire Decking


ZMS-3612 ♦ 36 12 15/16 6.7 $23.00ZMS-3618 ♦ 36 18 15/16 8.8 28.00ZMS-3624 ♦ 36 24 15/16 10.9 34.00ZMS-3636 ♦ 36 36 15/16 17.9 64.00ZMS-4212 ♦ 42 12 15/16 7.7 29.00ZMS-4218 ♦ 42 18 15/16 10.1 36.00ZMS-4224 ♦ 42 24 15/16 12.5 43.00ZMS-4236 ♦ 42 36 15/16 21 70.00ZMS-4812 ♦ 48 12 15/16 8.7 29.00ZMS-4818 ♦ 48 18 15/16 11.4 36.00ZMS-4824 ♦ 48 24 15/16 14.1 43.00ZMS-4836 ♦ 48 36 15/16 23 77.00

Replacement Shelf ClipsZSC-1 ♦ - - - .1 .87

Steel Shelves

Please NoteStandard Colors: Wire decking and steel shelves available in Medium Grey only. QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey. Box rails available in Sand only.Particle Board Decking is available in Natural only.

ZWD-3612 36 12 5/16 4 $23.00ZWD-3618 ♦ 36 18 5/16 6 28.00ZWD-3624 ♦ 36 24 5/16 8 36.00ZWD-3636 ♦ 36 36 5/16 12 49.00ZWD-4218 42 18 5/16 7.1 41.00ZWD-4224 42 24 5/16 9.3 46.00ZWD-4230 42 30 5/16 11.7 52.00ZWD-4236 42 36 5/16 14.2 52.00ZWD-4812 48 12 5/16 5.4 26.00 ZWD-4815 48 15 5/16 7 40.00 ZWD-4818 ♦ 48 18 5/16 8 32.00ZWD-4824 ♦ 48 24 5/16 10.7 42.00 ZWD-4836 ♦ 48 36 5/16 16 59.00 ZWD-4848 48 48 5/16 21 85.00 ZWD-6024 60 24 5/16 13.3 70.00 ZWD-6036 60 36 5/16 20 83.00 ZWD-6048 60 48 5/16 27 116.00ZWD-6930 69 30 5/16 19.2 78.00 ZWD-7224 72 24 5/16 16 64.00 ZWD-7236 72 36 5/16 24 89.00 ZWD-7248 72 48 5/16 32 99.00 ZWD-9624 ♦ 96 24 5/16 21 84.00 ZWD-9630 ♦ 96 30 5/16 32 118.00ZWD-9648 96 48 5/16 42 170.00

Note: 96" Decking comes in two pieces.

32 FOREMAN'S DESK & LEDGE UNITS



Foreman's Desk

SR-57SR-58

SR-59

Foreman’s Desks provide a convenient yet sturdy writing surface, ideal for the industrial workplace, businesses, schools and institutions. Choose from Open Style, Closed Style and Wall Mounted. Optional Door Sets include easy opening metal recessed handlewith lock to protect and secure shelving contents.



Ledge Unit and Door Sets for Q-Line Shelving

Ledge Unit*ILU-3637 ♦ 36 12 39 45 $148.00

Door Sets*HD-3637RH ♦ 36 39 28 235.00HD-3687RH ♦ 36 87 63 326.00

* Note: Shelving units sold separately.


ILU-3637 HD-3637* HD-3687*



Please Note

Open StyleSR-57 ♦ 341/2 29 53 97 $484.00

Closed StyleSR-58 ♦ 341/2 29 53 155 772.00

Wall MountedSR-59 ♦ 341/2 29 83 493.00

(HDS unit shown)

Hinged Door Units (With 7 Openings)

Cat No. W D H Wt. List PriceHDS-8712RH ♦ 36 12* 87 172 669.00HDS-8718RH ♦ 36 18* 87 197 736.00HDS-8724RH ♦ 36 24* 87 221 802.00

* Depth does not include 11/ 4" depth of door frame.


PSA-2 19/16 19/16 61/2 1.1 $6.70

Post Splice Angle


Z-Line provides versatility with a variety of accessories to design shelving confi gurations to fi t your every need. Aisle and Wall ties provide stability where you need it the most.

Z-Line Shelving Components: Aisle/Wall Ties, Hang Rods & Accessories


WT-9 ♦ 91/4 13/8 23/8 .7 $4.90

Wall Tie


PHR-36 ♦ 361/4 15/16 11/16 2.9 $8.70PHR-48 ♦ 481/4 15/16 11/16 3.8 11.10

Clothing Hang Rods For LRA or LRC Supports


ZFA-1 ♦ 13/8 11/2 23/8 .2 $2.70

Anchor Plate


Cat. No. Fits W D H Wt. List Price


TP-1 ♦ 3 - 23/4 .2 $1.50

ZLCK-1 2 fi xed, 2 swivel 11/2 11/2 7/16 12.8 $132.00

ZLCK-2 4 swivel 37/16 2 7/16 13.0 135.00

EURNF ♦ EUR uprights 11/2 11/2 3/4 .1 $ .80ZTPNF ♦ ZTP uprights 37/16 2 3/4 .2 1.30SURNF ♦ SUR uprights 13/4 23/4 3/4 .2 1.10

Tie Plate

Z-Line Caster Kit

Hard Nylon Foot Caps


Soft Top Edge Caps


CAT-18 ♦ 13/8 18 23/8 1.4 $10.00CAT-24 13/8 24 23/8 1.9 11.00CAT-30 13/8 30 23/8 2.4 13.30CAT-36 ♦ 13/8 36 23/8 2.8 14.20CAT-42 13/8 42 23/8 3.3 15.70CAT-48 13/8 48 23/8 3.8 20.00

Cross Aisle Ties


KCAT-1 ♦ 3 * 1 6.0 $26.00

Adjustable Aisle Tie

* Depth adjusts from 36" to 60".

Nylon Protective Caps available in black only.


Maximum unit size is 60" w x 30" d.

Use 1 per Angle Post; use 2 per ZTP Post.


ZHR-36 ♦ 363/16 7/8 11/16 2.3 $7.60ZHR-48 ♦ 483/16 7/8 11/16 3.1 9.70

Hang Rods For DRS Supports

EURPC ♦ EUR uprights 11/2 11/2 7/16 .1 $ .88ZTPPC ♦ ZTP uprights 37/16 2 7/16 .1 1.30SURPC ♦ SUR uprights 13/4 23/4 7/16 .1 .85

Please Note

Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand


ZTPNF

EURNF

SURNF

INDUSTRIAL SHELVING 31

Q-Line Industrial Shelving: Components

* Dividers are galvanized, not painted.

Foot PlateCat No. W D H Wt. List PriceFP-1 11/ 2 1/16 21/4 0.1 $.74

Used to secure uprights to the fl oor.

Front Base StripsCat No. W D H Wt. List PriceFBS-362 ♦ 36 1/2 17/8 1.2 $7.30FBS-422 ♦ 42 1/2 17/8 1.5 7.80FBS-482 ♦ 48 1/2 17/8 1.7 8.40



Shelves (22 Gauge)

36" WideQ2-3612 ♦ 750 36 12 15/16 6.7 $22.00Q2-3615 ♦ 750 36 15 15/16 7.8 28.00 Q2-3618 ♦ 750 36 18 15/16 8.8 27.00Q2-3624 ♦ 700 36 24 15/16 10.9 33.00Q2-3630* ♦ 600 36 30 15/16 12.9 47.00

42" WideQ2-4212 ♦ 600 42 12 15/16 7.7 28.00Q2-4215 ♦ 600 42 15 15/16 8.9 34.00 Q2-4218 ♦ 600 42 18 15/16 10.1 35.00Q2-4224 ♦ 550 42 24 15/16 12.5 42.00Q2-4230* ♦ 500 42 30 15/16 14.8 52.00

48" WideQ2-4812 ♦ 500 48 12 15/16 8.7 28.00Q2-4815 ♦ 500 48 15 15/16 10.1 36.00 Q2-4818 ♦ 500 48 18 15/16 11.4 35.00Q2-4824 ♦ 450 48 24 15/16 14.1 42.00Q2-4830* ♦ 400 48 30 15/16 16.7 61.00

Shelves (20 Gauge)

36" WideQ-3612 ♦ 1000 36 12 15/16 8 $25.00Q-3615* ♦ 900 36 15 15/16 9.3 32.00Q-3618 ♦ 850 36 18 15/16 10.5 32.00Q-3624 ♦ 800 36 24 15/16 13 39.00Q-3630* ♦ 800 36 30 15/16 15.4 53.00Q-3636* ♦ 600 36 36 15/16 17.9 63.00

42" WideQ-4212* 800 42 12 15/16 9.2 31.00Q-4215* 700 42 15 15/16 10.6 39.00Q-4218 ♦ 650 42 18 15/16 12 39.00Q-4224 ♦ 650 42 24 15/16 14.9 48.00Q-4230* 600 42 30 15/16 17.7 59.00Q-4236* 550 42 36 15/16 21 69.00

48" WideQ-4812 ♦ 650 48 12 15/16 10.4 32.00Q-4815* 600 48 15 15/16 12 43.00Q-4818 ♦ 550 48 18 15/16 13.6 40.00Q-4824 ♦ 550 48 24 15/16 16.8 49.00Q-4830* 500 48 30 15/16 19.9 66.00Q-4836* ♦ 450 48 36 15/16 23 76.00

Shelves with StiffenersCat No. Cap. W D H Wt. List Price

36" WideQ-3624-S* 1000 36 24 15/16 15.4 $57.00Q-3630-S* 1000 36 30 15/16 18.1 72.00Q-3636-S* 750 36 36 15/16 21 84.00

42" WideQ-4224-S* 800 42 24 15/16 17.6 67.00Q-4230-S* 750 42 30 15/16 21 80.00Q-4236-S* 700 42 36 15/16 24 91.00

48" WideQ-4824-S* 700 48 24 15/16 19.8 74.00Q-4830-S* 650 48 30 15/16 23 87.00Q-4836-S* 600 48 36 15/16 27 98.00

4 shelf clips per shelf included.


4 shelf clips per shelf included.*Note: Quantities less than 250. Please add $300 list set-up charge

Cat No. Cap. W D H Wt. List Price


Shelves are madefrom Box Form construction with closed welded corners.

Shelf BoxesCat No. W D H Wt. List Price

Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, SandQuickShip Color: Medium GreyShelf Box: Shale grey only

Please Note

End Sway BracesCat No. Shelf Depth Wt. List Price

Rear Sway BracesCat No. Shelf Width Wt. List PriceRSBU ♦ 36" to 42" 3.2 $10.10RSB-48 ♦ 48" 3.7 10.50

ESB-1224 ♦ 12" to 24" 2.4 $8.10ESB-3036 ♦ 30" to 36" 3.1 9.50

BX-512 55/8 11 49/16 2.5 $14.00BX-518 55/8 17 49/16 3.3 17.10BX-812 83/8 11 49/16 3.5 16.70BX-818 83/8 17 49/16 4.3 19.80BX-1112 111/4 11 49/16 4.5 20.00BX-1118 111/4 17 49/16 5.3 25.00

Shelf Box Dividers*

BXD-5 ♦ 53/16 1/32 41/2 0.2 1.00BXD-8 ♦ 8 1/32 41/2 0.3 1.30BXD-11 ♦ 107/8 1/32 41/2 0.4 1.70

AUTOMOTIVE SHELVING 27

Tire Rack

Automotive Shelving & Tire RacksAutomotive Shelving is specifi cally designed for effi ciently storing automotive parts. Shelves can be reconfi gured easily by simply sliding out from the front and repositioning in 11/2" increments without tools, clips or extra hardware. Each unit can be customized to create individual spaces or use handy bin boxes for small or loose parts. Use solid end panels for a smooth, fi nished appearance. Z-Line Tire Rack conveniently stores tires for easy access and display. Uses vertical height to maximize available fl oor space. Available in single or double entry units.



P-8417 P-8411P-8401P-S84

End Panels (Sold in pairs)

Cat No. W D H Wt. List PriceP-42E 11/16 123/32 42 11 $30.00P-84E 11/16 123/32 84 22 60.00P-96E 11/16 123/32 96 25 72.00

Tops, Bottoms, Shelves

TopP-1238 377/8 121/8 11/8 6.3 $24.00

BottomP-12B 36 117/8 31/16 7 25.00

ShelfP-12 357/8 117/8 7/8 6 16.00

Cat No. W D H Wt. List PriceWhen placing units back to back (as in a

double-face application), units may sharea common back.

BacksCat No. W D H Wt. List PriceP-3842 373/412 42 17.3 $51.00P-3884 373/412 84 32.9 93.00P-3896 373/412 96 37.6 108.00

Label Holders

Short Width - Use Between DividersP-3 3 - 3/4 .1 $ .74

Full Shelf-WidthP-38 351/4 11/64 7/8 .3 2.30

Fastener For Full Shelf-Width Holders P-38F - - - .1 .11


Sliding DividersCat No. W D H Wt. List PriceP-30 3 12 3 0.7 $7.30P-45 3 12 41/2 0.9 7.80P-60 3 12 6 1.0 7.70

Bin Boxes

Bin BoxP-55 51/2 12 31/4 2 $22.00

Bin Box DividerP-55D 53/16 1/32 29/16 .1 1.20



Uprights (Sold as pairs)

P-1242 15/16 12 42 16.0 $61.00P-1284 15/16 12 84 31.8 102.00P-1296 15/16 12 96 36.0 113.00

Units include back but no end panels. Order end panels separately to provide fl ush fi nished ends for row. Dimensions shown are outside dimensions.

P-S84 38 12 84 78 $244.00P-8417 38 12 84 396 2,892.00P-8401 38 12 84 114 340.00P-8411 38 12 84 150 436.00


Pre-Configured Shelving Units

Single Entry Single Entry60 21* 60 2 16 ZST-6060S ♦ 49 $130.00 ZST-6060A ♦ 35 $115.0060 21* 84 3 24 ZST-6084S ♦ 54 174.00 ZST-6084A ♦ 50 160.0060 21* 120 4 32 ZST-60120S ♦ 76 253.00 ZST-60120A ♦ 69 226.0060 21* 144 5 40 ZST-60144S ♦ 104 341.00 ZST-60144A ♦ 95 306.00 Double Entry Double Entry60 42* 60 4 32 ZDT-6060S ♦ 81 281.00 ZDT-6060A ♦ 96 263.0060 42* 84 6 48 ZDT-6084S ♦ 110 369.00 ZDT-6084A ♦ 106 352.0060 42* 120 8 64 ZDT-60120S ♦ 149 488.00 ZDT-60120A ♦ 144 472.0060 42* 144 10 80 ZDT-60144S ♦ 205 664.00 ZDT-60144A ♦ 199 648.00


NOTE: Single Entry units must be tied to wall.*Single Entry units include one 12” deep unit and one 9” wall tie. Double Entry units include two 12” deep units and one 18” deep cross aisle tie.

Number of Tire Starter List Add-On ListW D H Openings Capacity Cat.No. Wt. Price Cat.No. Wt. Price

Please Note

Automotive ShelvingStandard Colors: Medium Grey

Tire RacksStandard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, SandQuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand

30 INDUSTRIAL SHELVING

Q-Line Industrial Shelving: ComponentsCreate your own custom shelving system to fi t your specifi c requirements. It's simple: 1. Choose the posts that meet your needs. (Page 30)2. Select the desired shelves for your unit. (Page 31)3. Choose braces or closed panels. (Page 30 & 31)4. Add optional panels and doors. (Page 30 & 32)

All posts are 14 gauge steel. Total weight capacity not to exceed 5,000 lbs. (1250 lbs. per post) per unit, based 24" centers or less.


Heavy Duty Beaded PostCat No. W D H Wt. List Price

Beaded Post

BTP-75 ♦ 3/8 17/8 75 5.3 $17.90BTP-84 ♦ 3/8 17/8 84 5.9 20.00BTP-87 ♦ 3/8 17/8 87 6.1 20.00


Offset Angle Post


OAP-39 1 17/8 39 2.4 $6.70OAP-48 1 17/8 48 2.9 8.10OAP-51 1 17/8 51 3.1 8.70OAP-75 ♦ 1 17/8 75 4.6 12.30OAP-84 ♦ 1 17/8 84 5.1 13.60OAP-87 ♦ 1 17/8 87 5.3 14.00OAP-99 ♦ 1 17/8 99 6.0 16.10OAP-108 1 17/8 108 6.8 20.00OAP-111 ♦ 1 17/8 111 6.8 18.10OAP-123 ♦ 1 17/8 123 7.5 20.00

HBP-75 3/4 27/8 75 8.4 $36.00HBP-84 ♦ 3/4 27/8 84 9.4 38.00HBP-87 ♦ 3/4 27/8 87 9.8 38.00HBP-99 ♦ 3/4 27/8 99 11.1 40.00HBP-111 3/4 27/8 111 12.5 45.00HBP-123 3/4 27/8 123 13.9 49.00


Back Panels

End Panels

Cat No. H Wt. List Price



36" WideBP-3639 39 9.8 $36.00BP-3648 48 12.1 42.00BP-3651 ♦ 51 12.9 44.00BP-3675 ♦ 75 18.9 62.00BP-3684 ♦ 84 21 69.00BP-3687 ♦ 87 22 73.00

12” DeepEP-1239 39 2.7 $11.00EP-1248 48 3.3 13.70EP-1251 ♦ 51 3.5 14.40EP-1275 ♦ 75 5.1 19.70EP-1284 ♦ 84 5.7 22.00EP-1287 ♦ 87 6 20.00

15” DeepEP-1539 39 3.7 $14.20EP-1548 48 4.5 16.50EP-1551 ♦ 51 4.8 17.30EP-1575 ♦ 75 7.1 24.00EP-1584 ♦ 84 7.9 27.00 EP-1587 ♦ 87 8.2 27.00

18” DeepEP-1839 39 4.5 16.90EP-1848 48 5.5 19.80EP-1851 ♦ 51 5.9 21.00EP-1875 ♦ 75 8.6 29.00EP-1884 ♦ 84 9.6 33.00EP-1887 ♦ 87 10 33.00

24” DeepEP-2439 39 6.8 22.00EP-2448 48 7.5 26.00EP-2451 ♦ 51 8 26.00EP-2475 ♦ 75 11.7 39.00EP-2484 ♦ 84 13.1 44.00EP-2487 ♦ 87 13.6 42.00

30” DeepEP-3039 39 7.9 25.00EP-3048 48 9.7 30.00EP-3051 51 10.3 33.00EP-3075 75 15.2 46.00EP-3084 84 17 51.00EP-3087 87 17.6 53.00

36” DeepEP-3639 39 9.8 30.00EP-3648 48 12.1 36.00EP-3651 51 12.9 39.00EP-3675 75 18.9 55.00EP-3684 84 21 61.00EP-3687 87 22 63.00


42" Wide*BP-4239 39 11.8 $45.00BP-4248 48 14.5 52.00BP-4251 51 15.4 56.00BP-4275 75 23 77.00BP-4284 ♦ 84 25 86.00BP-4287 ♦ 87 26 88.00

*NOTE: 48" backs consist of two pieces.*NOTE: 42" backs consist of two pieces.


48" Wide*BP-4839 39 14 $50.00BP-4848 48 17 59.00BP-4851 ♦ 51 18.1 63.00BP-4875 ♦ 75 27 86.00BP-4884 ♦ 84 30 96.00BP-4887 ♦ 87 31 95.00

Bin DividersCat No. D H Wt. List PriceBD-1209 ♦ 12 9 1 $4.70BD-1212 ♦ 12 12 1.3 7.10BD-1809 18 9 1.5 6.50BD-1812 ♦ 18 12 2 8.00BD-2409* 24 9 1.9 10.20BD-2412 24 12 2.7 11.80

Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, SandQuickShip Color: Medium Grey

Please Note

All posts are 14 gauge steel. Total weight capacity not to exceed 3,500 lbs. (2 BTP's in front & 2 OAP's in rear) per unit, based 24" centers or less.

All posts are 14 gauge steel. Total weight capacity not to exceed 5,000 lbs. (2 HTP's in front & 2 OAP's in rear) per unit, based 24" centers or less.

* If ordering less than 250 pieces, add $300 to list price. (includes set-up change)

Adde

r Uni

ts


Q-Line Open Style Pre-Confi gured Units are designed for those storage applications that demand strength and versatility. Open Style units are perfect for storing packaged items, containers and tools. Heavy-duty shelves with welded box form construction offer load-bearing capacities up to 750 lbs. per shelf on 22-gauge shelves and up to 1,000 lbs. on 20-gauge shelves. Also available in a build-your-own format (Page 30-32).Assembly Required. Assembly Required.

Q-Line Open Style Starter Units

Q-Line Open Style Adder Units



Q-Line Industrial Shelving:Pre-configured Units



Cat No. W D H Wt. List Price20 Gauge 5 Shelves

QOH5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 62 $191.00QOH5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 75 226.00QOH5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 87 261.00QOH5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 75 226.00QOH5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 91 266.00QOH5-4824AB 48 24 87 107 311.00

20 Gauge 6 ShelvesQOH6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 70 216.00QOH6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 85 258.00QOH6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 100 300.00QOH6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 85 258.00QOH6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 104 306.00QOH6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 124 360.00



22 Gauge 5 ShelvesQO5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 56 $175.00QO5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 66 201.00QO5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 77 231.00QO5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 66 206.00QO5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 80 241.00QO5-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 93 276.00

22 Gauge 6 ShelvesQO6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 62 195.00QO6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 75 228.00QO6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 88 264.00QO6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 75 234.00QO6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 91 276.00QO6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 107 318.00



20 Gauge 5 ShelvesQOH5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 69 $207.00QOH5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 82 242.00QOH5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 94 277.00QOH5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 82 242.00QOH5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 98 282.00QOH5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 114 327.00

20 Gauge 6 ShelvesQOH6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 77 232.00QOH6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 92 274.00QOH6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 107 316.00QOH6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 92 274.00QOH6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 111 322.00QOH6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 131 376.00



22 Gauge 5 ShelvesQO5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 63 $191.00QO5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 73 217.00QO5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 84 247.00QO5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 73 222.00QO5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 87 257.00QO5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 100 292.00

22 Gauge 6 ShelvesQO6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 69 213.00QO6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 82 244.00QO6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 95 280.00QO6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 82 250.00QO6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 98 292.00QO6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 114 334.00



Star

ter U

nits

Note: Starter Units include: 4 off-set angle posts, 2 side braces, 1 back brace and shelves.

Note: Adder Units include: 2 off-set angle posts, 1 beaded post, 1 side brace, 1 back brace and shelves.





Please Note Please Note


Q-Line Closed Style Pre-Confi gured Units are designed to store small or fragile items that need to be protected. Closed Style units utilize steel back and side panels to help prevent items from accidentally falling off. Heavy-duty shelves with box beam construction offer load-bearing capacities up to 750 lbs. per shelf on 22-gauge shelves and up to 1,000 lbs. on 20-gauge shelves. Also available in a build-your-own format (Page 30-32).

Q-Line Closed Style Starter Units

Q-Line Closed Style Adder Units




Q-Line Industrial Shelving:Pre-configured Units



20 Gauge 5 ShelvesQCH5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 95 $294.00QCH5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 116 355.00QCH5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 135 408.00QCH5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 116 351.00QCH5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 140 417.00QCH5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 163 480.00

20 Gauge 6 ShelvesQCH6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 103 319.00QCH6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 126 387.00QCH6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 148 447.00QCH6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 127 383.00QCH6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 154 457.00QCH6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 180 529.00



22 Gauge 5 ShelvesQC5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 89 $278.00QC5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 107 330.00QC5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 125 378.00QC5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 108 331.00QC5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 129 392.00QC5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 150 445.00

22 Gauge 6 ShelvesQC6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 95 299.00QC6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 116 357.00QC6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 136 411.00QC6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 116 359.00QC6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 141 427.00QC6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 164 487.00



Star

ter U

nits

Ad

der U

nits

Note: Starter Units include: 4 off-set angle posts, 2 sides, 1 back and shelves.

Note: Adder Units include: 2 off-set angle posts, 1 beaded post, 1 side, 1 back and shelves.

20 Gauge 5 ShelvesQCH5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 85 $266.00QCH5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 101 314.00QCH5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 117 358.00QCH5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 106 323.00QCH5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 126 376.00QCH5-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 145 430.00

20 Gauge 6 ShelvesQCH6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 93 291.00QCH6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 112 346.00QCH6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 130 397.00QCH6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 116 355.00QCH6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 139 416.00QCH6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 162 479.00



22 Gauge 5 ShelvesQC5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 78 $250.00QC5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 93 289.00QC5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 107 328.00QC5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 97 303.00QC5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 115 351.00QC5-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 132 395.00

22 Gauge 6 ShelvesQC6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 85 271.00QC6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 102 316.00QC6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 118 361.00QC6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 106 331.00QC6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 126 386.00QC6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 146 437.00



AUTOMOTIVE SHELVING 27

Tire Rack

Automotive Shelving & Tire RacksAutomotive Shelving is specifi cally designed for effi ciently storing automotive parts. Shelves can be reconfi gured easily by simply sliding out from the front and repositioning in 11/2" increments without tools, clips or extra hardware. Each unit can be customized to create individual spaces or use handy bin boxes for small or loose parts. Use solid end panels for a smooth, fi nished appearance. Z-Line Tire Rack conveniently stores tires for easy access and display. Uses vertical height to maximize available fl oor space. Available in single or double entry units.



P-8417 P-8411P-8401P-S84

End Panels (Sold in pairs)

Cat No. W D H Wt. List PriceP-42E 11/16 123/32 42 11 $30.00P-84E 11/16 123/32 84 22 60.00P-96E 11/16 123/32 96 25 72.00

Tops, Bottoms, Shelves

TopP-1238 377/8 121/8 11/8 6.3 $24.00

BottomP-12B 36 117/8 31/16 7 25.00

ShelfP-12 357/8 117/8 7/8 6 16.00

Cat No. W D H Wt. List PriceWhen placing units back to back (as in a

double-face application), units may sharea common back.

BacksCat No. W D H Wt. List PriceP-3842 373/412 42 17.3 $51.00P-3884 373/412 84 32.9 93.00P-3896 373/412 96 37.6 108.00

Label Holders

Short Width - Use Between DividersP-3 3 - 3/4 .1 $ .74

Full Shelf-WidthP-38 351/4 11/64 7/8 .3 2.30

Fastener For Full Shelf-Width Holders P-38F - - - .1 .11


Sliding DividersCat No. W D H Wt. List PriceP-30 3 12 3 0.7 $7.30P-45 3 12 41/2 0.9 7.80P-60 3 12 6 1.0 7.70

Bin Boxes

Bin BoxP-55 51/2 12 31/4 2 $22.00

Bin Box DividerP-55D 53/16 1/32 29/16 .1 1.20



Uprights (Sold as pairs)

P-1242 15/16 12 42 16.0 $61.00P-1284 15/16 12 84 31.8 102.00P-1296 15/16 12 96 36.0 113.00

Units include back but no end panels. Order end panels separately to provide fl ush fi nished ends for row. Dimensions shown are outside dimensions.

P-S84 38 12 84 78 $244.00P-8417 38 12 84 396 2,892.00P-8401 38 12 84 114 340.00P-8411 38 12 84 150 436.00


Pre-Configured Shelving Units

Single Entry Single Entry60 21* 60 2 16 ZST-6060S ♦ 49 $130.00 ZST-6060A ♦ 35 $115.0060 21* 84 3 24 ZST-6084S ♦ 54 174.00 ZST-6084A ♦ 50 160.0060 21* 120 4 32 ZST-60120S ♦ 76 253.00 ZST-60120A ♦ 69 226.0060 21* 144 5 40 ZST-60144S ♦ 104 341.00 ZST-60144A ♦ 95 306.00 Double Entry Double Entry60 42* 60 4 32 ZDT-6060S ♦ 81 281.00 ZDT-6060A ♦ 96 263.0060 42* 84 6 48 ZDT-6084S ♦ 110 369.00 ZDT-6084A ♦ 106 352.0060 42* 120 8 64 ZDT-60120S ♦ 149 488.00 ZDT-60120A ♦ 144 472.0060 42* 144 10 80 ZDT-60144S ♦ 205 664.00 ZDT-60144A ♦ 199 648.00


NOTE: Single Entry units must be tied to wall.*Single Entry units include one 12” deep unit and one 9” wall tie. Double Entry units include two 12” deep units and one 18” deep cross aisle tie.

Number of Tire Starter List Add-On ListW D H Openings Capacity Cat.No. Wt. Price Cat.No. Wt. Price

Please Note

Automotive ShelvingStandard Colors: Medium Grey

Tire RacksStandard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, SandQuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand


Q-Line Industrial Shelving: ComponentsCreate your own custom shelving system to fi t your specifi c requirements. It's simple: 1. Choose the posts that meet your needs. ()2. Select the desired shelves for your unit. (Page 31)3. Choose braces or closed panels. (Page 30 & 31)4. Add optional panels and doors. (Page 30 & 32)

All posts are 14 gauge steel. Total weight capacity not to exceed 5,000 lbs. (1250 lbs. per post) per unit, based 24" centers or less.


Heavy Duty Beaded PostCat No. W D H Wt. List Price

Beaded Post

BTP-75 ♦ 3/8 17/8 75 5.3 $17.90BTP-84 ♦ 3/8 17/8 84 5.9 20.00BTP-87 ♦ 3/8 17/8 87 6.1 20.00


Offset Angle Post


OAP-39 1 17/8 39 2.4 $6.70OAP-48 1 17/8 48 2.9 8.10OAP-51 1 17/8 51 3.1 8.70OAP-75 ♦ 1 17/8 75 4.6 12.30OAP-84 ♦ 1 17/8 84 5.1 13.60OAP-87 ♦ 1 17/8 87 5.3 14.00OAP-99 ♦ 1 17/8 99 6.0 16.10OAP-108 1 17/8 108 6.8 20.00OAP-111 ♦ 1 17/8 111 6.8 18.10OAP-123 ♦ 1 17/8 123 7.5 20.00

HBP-75 3/4 27/8 75 8.4 $36.00HBP-84 ♦ 3/4 27/8 84 9.4 38.00HBP-87 ♦ 3/4 27/8 87 9.8 38.00HBP-99 ♦ 3/4 27/8 99 11.1 40.00HBP-111 3/4 27/8 111 12.5 45.00HBP-123 3/4 27/8 123 13.9 49.00


Back Panels

End Panels




36" WideBP-3639 39 9.8 $36.00BP-3648 48 12.1 42.00BP-3651 ♦ 51 12.9 44.00BP-3675 ♦ 75 18.9 62.00BP-3684 ♦ 84 21 69.00BP-3687 ♦ 87 22 73.00

12” DeepEP-1239 39 2.7 $11.00EP-1248 48 3.3 13.70EP-1251 ♦ 51 3.5 14.40EP-1275 ♦ 75 5.1 19.70EP-1284 ♦ 84 5.7 22.00EP-1287 ♦ 87 6 20.00

15” DeepEP-1539 39 3.7 $14.20EP-1548 48 4.5 16.50EP-1551 ♦ 51 4.8 17.30EP-1575 ♦ 75 7.1 24.00EP-1584 ♦ 84 7.9 27.00 EP-1587 ♦ 87 8.2 27.00

18” DeepEP-1839 39 4.5 16.90EP-1848 48 5.5 19.80EP-1851 ♦ 51 5.9 21.00EP-1875 ♦ 75 8.6 29.00EP-1884 ♦ 84 9.6 33.00EP-1887 ♦ 87 10 33.00

24” DeepEP-2439 39 6.8 22.00EP-2448 48 7.5 26.00EP-2451 ♦ 51 8 26.00EP-2475 ♦ 75 11.7 39.00EP-2484 ♦ 84 13.1 44.00EP-2487 ♦ 87 13.6 42.00

30” DeepEP-3039 39 7.9 25.00EP-3048 48 9.7 30.00EP-3051 51 10.3 33.00EP-3075 75 15.2 46.00EP-3084 84 17 51.00EP-3087 87 17.6 53.00

36” DeepEP-3639 39 9.8 30.00EP-3648 48 12.1 36.00EP-3651 51 12.9 39.00EP-3675 75 18.9 55.00EP-3684 84 21 61.00EP-3687 87 22 63.00


42" Wide*BP-4239 39 11.8 $45.00BP-4248 48 14.5 52.00BP-4251 51 15.4 56.00BP-4275 75 23 77.00BP-4284 ♦ 84 25 86.00BP-4287 ♦ 87 26 88.00

*NOTE: 48" backs consist of two pieces.*NOTE: 42" backs consist of two pieces.


48" Wide*BP-4839 39 14 $50.00BP-4848 48 17 59.00BP-4851 ♦ 51 18.1 63.00BP-4875 ♦ 75 27 86.00BP-4884 ♦ 84 30 96.00BP-4887 ♦ 87 31 95.00

Bin DividersCat No. D H Wt. List PriceBD-1209 ♦ 12 9 1 $4.70BD-1212 ♦ 12 12 1.3 7.10BD-1809 18 9 1.5 6.50BD-1812 ♦ 18 12 2 8.00BD-2409* 24 9 1.9 10.20BD-2412 24 12 2.7 11.80

Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, SandQuickShip Color: Medium Grey

Please Note

All posts are 14 gauge steel. Total weight capacity not to exceed 3,500 lbs. (2 BTP's in front & 2 OAP's in rear) per unit, based 24" centers or less.

All posts are 14 gauge steel. Total weight capacity not to exceed 5,000 lbs. (2 HTP's in front & 2 OAP's in rear) per unit, based 24" centers or less.

* If ordering less than 250 pieces, add $300 to list price. (includes set-up change)


PSA-2 19/16 19/16 61/2 1.1 $6.70

Post Splice Angle


Z-Line provides versatility with a variety of accessories to design shelving confi gurations to fi t your every need. Aisle and Wall ties provide stability where you need it the most.

Z-Line Shelving Components: Aisle/Wall Ties, Hang Rods & Accessories


WT-9 ♦ 91/4 13/8 23/8 .7 $4.90

Wall Tie


PHR-36 ♦ 361/4 15/16 11/16 2.9 $8.70PHR-48 ♦ 481/4 15/16 11/16 3.8 11.10

Clothing Hang Rods For LRA or LRC Supports


ZFA-1 ♦ 13/8 11/2 23/8 .2 $2.70

Anchor Plate




TP-1 ♦ 3 - 23/4 .2 $1.50

ZLCK-1 2 fi xed, 2 swivel 11/2 11/2 7/16 12.8 $132.00

ZLCK-2 4 swivel 37/16 2 7/16 13.0 135.00

EURNF ♦ EUR uprights 11/2 11/2 3/4 .1 $ .80ZTPNF ♦ ZTP uprights 37/16 2 3/4 .2 1.30SURNF ♦ SUR uprights 13/4 23/4 3/4 .2 1.10

Tie Plate

Z-Line Caster Kit

Hard Nylon Foot Caps


Soft Top Edge Caps


CAT-18 ♦ 13/8 18 23/8 1.4 $10.00CAT-24 13/8 24 23/8 1.9 11.00CAT-30 13/8 30 23/8 2.4 13.30CAT-36 ♦ 13/8 36 23/8 2.8 14.20CAT-42 13/8 42 23/8 3.3 15.70CAT-48 13/8 48 23/8 3.8 20.00

Cross Aisle Ties


KCAT-1 ♦ 3 * 1 6.0 $26.00

Adjustable Aisle Tie

* Depth adjusts from 36" to 60".



Maximum unit size is 60" w x 30" d.

Use 1 per Angle Post; use 2 per ZTP Post.


ZHR-36 ♦ 363/16 7/8 11/16 2.3 $7.60ZHR-48 ♦ 483/16 7/8 11/16 3.1 9.70

Hang Rods For DRS Supports

EURPC ♦ EUR uprights 11/2 11/2 7/16 .1 $ .88ZTPPC ♦ ZTP uprights 37/16 2 7/16 .1 1.30SURPC ♦ SUR uprights 13/4 23/4 7/16 .1 .85

Please Note



ZTPNF

EURNF

SURNF


Q-Line Industrial Shelving: Components

* Dividers are galvanized, not painted.

Foot PlateCat No. W D H Wt. List PriceFP-1 11/ 2 1/16 21/4 0.1 $.74

Used to secure uprights to the fl oor.

Front Base StripsCat No. W D H Wt. List PriceFBS-362 ♦ 36 1/2 17/8 1.2 $7.30FBS-422 ♦ 42 1/2 17/8 1.5 7.80FBS-482 ♦ 48 1/2 17/8 1.7 8.40



Shelves (22 Gauge)

36" WideQ2-3612 ♦ 750 36 12 15/16 6.7 $22.00Q2-3615 ♦ 750 36 15 15/16 7.8 28.00 Q2-3618 ♦ 750 36 18 15/16 8.8 27.00Q2-3624 ♦ 700 36 24 15/16 10.9 33.00Q2-3630* ♦ 600 36 30 15/16 12.9 47.00

42" WideQ2-4212 ♦ 600 42 12 15/16 7.7 28.00Q2-4215 ♦ 600 42 15 15/16 8.9 34.00 Q2-4218 ♦ 600 42 18 15/16 10.1 35.00Q2-4224 ♦ 550 42 24 15/16 12.5 42.00Q2-4230* ♦ 500 42 30 15/16 14.8 52.00

48" WideQ2-4812 ♦ 500 48 12 15/16 8.7 28.00Q2-4815 ♦ 500 48 15 15/16 10.1 36.00 Q2-4818 ♦ 500 48 18 15/16 11.4 35.00Q2-4824 ♦ 450 48 24 15/16 14.1 42.00Q2-4830* ♦ 400 48 30 15/16 16.7 61.00

Shelves (20 Gauge)

36" WideQ-3612 ♦ 1000 36 12 15/16 8 $25.00Q-3615* ♦ 900 36 15 15/16 9.3 32.00Q-3618 ♦ 850 36 18 15/16 10.5 32.00Q-3624 ♦ 800 36 24 15/16 13 39.00Q-3630* ♦ 800 36 30 15/16 15.4 53.00Q-3636* ♦ 600 36 36 15/16 17.9 63.00

42" WideQ-4212* 800 42 12 15/16 9.2 31.00Q-4215* 700 42 15 15/16 10.6 39.00Q-4218 ♦ 650 42 18 15/16 12 39.00Q-4224 ♦ 650 42 24 15/16 14.9 48.00Q-4230* 600 42 30 15/16 17.7 59.00Q-4236* 550 42 36 15/16 21 69.00

48" WideQ-4812 ♦ 650 48 12 15/16 10.4 32.00Q-4815* 600 48 15 15/16 12 43.00Q-4818 ♦ 550 48 18 15/16 13.6 40.00Q-4824 ♦ 550 48 24 15/16 16.8 49.00Q-4830* 500 48 30 15/16 19.9 66.00Q-4836* ♦ 450 48 36 15/16 23 76.00

Shelves with StiffenersCat No. Cap. W D H Wt. List Price

36" WideQ-3624-S* 1000 36 24 15/16 15.4 $57.00Q-3630-S* 1000 36 30 15/16 18.1 72.00Q-3636-S* 750 36 36 15/16 21 84.00

42" WideQ-4224-S* 800 42 24 15/16 17.6 67.00Q-4230-S* 750 42 30 15/16 21 80.00Q-4236-S* 700 42 36 15/16 24 91.00

48" WideQ-4824-S* 700 48 24 15/16 19.8 74.00Q-4830-S* 650 48 30 15/16 23 87.00Q-4836-S* 600 48 36 15/16 27 98.00



4 shelf clips per shelf included.*Note: Quantities less than 250. Please add $300 list set-up charge



Shelves are madefrom Box Form construction with closed welded corners.

Shelf BoxesCat No. W D H Wt. List Price

Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, SandQuickShip Color: Medium GreyShelf Box: Shale grey only

Please Note

End Sway BracesCat No. Shelf Depth Wt. List Price

Rear Sway BracesCat No. Shelf Width Wt. List PriceRSBU ♦ 36" to 42" 3.2 $10.10RSB-48 ♦ 48" 3.7 10.50

ESB-1224 ♦ 12" to 24" 2.4 $8.10ESB-3036 ♦ 30" to 36" 3.1 9.50

BX-512 55/8 11 49/16 2.5 $14.00BX-518 55/8 17 49/16 3.3 17.10BX-812 83/8 11 49/16 3.5 16.70BX-818 83/8 17 49/16 4.3 19.80BX-1112 111/4 11 49/16 4.5 20.00BX-1118 111/4 17 49/16 5.3 25.00

Shelf Box Dividers*

BXD-5 ♦ 53/16 1/32 41/2 0.2 1.00BXD-8 ♦ 8 1/32 41/2 0.3 1.30BXD-11 ♦ 107/8 1/32 41/2 0.4 1.70


Choose from three great options for shelf decking: industrial grade 5/8" particle board decking, wire decking or steel shelves.

Z-Line Shelving Components:Decking and Steel Shelves


Particle Board Decking

PB-3612 ♦ 36 12 5/8 7.5 $6.00PB-3615 ♦ 36 15 5/8 9.4 6.60PB-3618 ♦ 36 18 5/8 11.3 9.00PB-3624 ♦ 36 24 5/8 15 12.00PB-3630 ♦ 36 30 5/8 18.8 15.10PB-3636 ♦ 36 36 5/8 22.5 18.00PB-4212 ♦ 42 12 5/8 8.8 7.60PB-4215 ♦ 42 15 5/8 10.9 8.20PB-4218 ♦ 42 18 5/8 13.1 10.80PB-4224 ♦ 42 24 5/8 17.5 14.20PB-4230 ♦ 42 30 5/8 21.9 16.70PB-4236 ♦ 42 36 5/8 26.3 20.00PB-4812 ♦ 48 12 5/8 10 8.10PB-4815 ♦ 48 15 5/8 12.5 10.00PB-4818 ♦ 48 18 5/8 15 12.00PB-4824 ♦ 48 24 5/8 20 14.70PB-4830 ♦ 48 30 5/8 25 19.90PB-4836 ♦ 48 36 5/8 31 22.00PB-4842 ♦ 48 42 5/8 35 34.00PB-4848 ♦ 48 48 5/8 40 32.00PB-6024 ♦ 60 24 5/8 25 20.00PB-6030 ♦ 60 30 5/8 31.3 24.00PB-6036 ♦ 60 36 5/8 37.5 30.00PB-6048 ♦ 60 48 5/8 50 38.00PB-6915 ♦ 69 15 5/8 18 14.00PB-6930 ♦ 69 30 5/8 35.9 34.00PB-7224 ♦ 72 24 5/8 30 26.00PB-7230 ♦ 72 30 5/8 37.5 28.00PB-7236 ♦ 72 36 5/8 45 36.00PB-7248 ♦ 72 48 5/8 60 47.00PB-8424 ♦ 84 24 5/8 35 32.00PB-8430 ♦ 84 30 5/8 50 37.00PB-8436 ♦ 84 36 5/8 52.5 48.00PB-8448 ♦ 84 48 5/8 70 63.00PB-9624 ♦ 96 24 5/8 44 32.00PB-9630 ♦ 96 30 5/8 50 37.00PB-9636 ♦ 96 36 5/8 60 48.00PB-9648 ♦ 96 48 5/8 80 63.00


Wire Decking


ZMS-3612 ♦ 36 12 15/16 6.7 $23.00ZMS-3618 ♦ 36 18 15/16 8.8 28.00ZMS-3624 ♦ 36 24 15/16 10.9 34.00ZMS-3636 ♦ 36 36 15/16 17.9 64.00ZMS-4212 ♦ 42 12 15/16 7.7 29.00ZMS-4218 ♦ 42 18 15/16 10.1 36.00ZMS-4224 ♦ 42 24 15/16 12.5 43.00ZMS-4236 ♦ 42 36 15/16 21 70.00ZMS-4812 ♦ 48 12 15/16 8.7 29.00ZMS-4818 ♦ 48 18 15/16 11.4 36.00ZMS-4824 ♦ 48 24 15/16 14.1 43.00ZMS-4836 ♦ 48 36 15/16 23 77.00

Replacement Shelf ClipsZSC-1 ♦ - - - .1 .87

Steel Shelves

Please NoteStandard Colors: Wire decking and steel shelves available in Medium Grey only. QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey. Box rails available in Sand only.Particle Board Decking is available in Natural only.

ZWD-3612 36 12 5/16 4 $23.00ZWD-3618 ♦ 36 18 5/16 6 28.00ZWD-3624 ♦ 36 24 5/16 8 36.00ZWD-3636 ♦ 36 36 5/16 12 49.00ZWD-4218 42 18 5/16 7.1 41.00ZWD-4224 42 24 5/16 9.3 46.00ZWD-4230 42 30 5/16 11.7 52.00ZWD-4236 42 36 5/16 14.2 52.00ZWD-4812 48 12 5/16 5.4 26.00 ZWD-4815 48 15 5/16 7 40.00 ZWD-4818 ♦ 48 18 5/16 8 32.00ZWD-4824 ♦ 48 24 5/16 10.7 42.00 ZWD-4836 ♦ 48 36 5/16 16 59.00 ZWD-4848 48 48 5/16 21 85.00 ZWD-6024 60 24 5/16 13.3 70.00 ZWD-6036 60 36 5/16 20 83.00 ZWD-6048 60 48 5/16 27 116.00ZWD-6930 69 30 5/16 19.2 78.00 ZWD-7224 72 24 5/16 16 64.00 ZWD-7236 72 36 5/16 24 89.00 ZWD-7248 72 48 5/16 32 99.00 ZWD-9624 ♦ 96 24 5/16 21 84.00 ZWD-9630 ♦ 96 30 5/16 32 118.00ZWD-9648 96 48 5/16 42 170.00

Note: 96" Decking comes in two pieces.

32 FOREMAN'S DESK & LEDGE UNITS



Foreman's Desk

SR-57SR-58

SR-59

Foreman’s Desks provide a convenient yet sturdy writing surface, ideal for the industrial workplace, businesses, schools and institutions. Choose from Open Style, Closed Style and Wall Mounted. Optional Door Sets include easy opening metal recessed handlewith lock to protect and secure shelving contents.



Ledge Unit and Door Sets for Q-Line Shelving

Ledge Unit*ILU-3637 ♦ 36 12 39 45 $148.00

Door Sets*HD-3637RH ♦ 36 39 28 235.00HD-3687RH ♦ 36 87 63 326.00

* Note: Shelving units sold separately.


ILU-3637 HD-3637* HD-3687*



Please Note

Open StyleSR-57 ♦ 341/2 29 53 97 $484.00

Closed StyleSR-58 ♦ 341/2 29 53 155 772.00

Wall MountedSR-59 ♦ 341/2 29 83 493.00

(HDS unit shown)

Hinged Door Units (With 7 Openings)

Cat No. W D H Wt. List PriceHDS-8712RH ♦ 36 12* 87 172 669.00HDS-8718RH ♦ 36 18* 87 197 736.00HDS-8724RH ♦ 36 24* 87 221 802.00

* Depth does not include 11/ 4" depth of door frame.


Choose from Low Profi le supports to maximize shelf openings with thin but strong shelf supports or Heavy-Duty and Extra Heavy-Duty Channel shelf supports for greater load capacity.

Z-Line Shelving Components: Shelf & Deck Supports


SDS-12 ♦ 7/8 12 211/16 1.0 $3.00SDS-15 ♦ 7/8 15 211/16 1.2 3.50SDS-16 7/8 16 211/16 1.3 4.20 SDS-18 ♦ 7/8 18 211/16 1.4 4.20SDS-24 ♦ 7/8 24 211/16 1.9 5.10SDS-30 ♦ 7/8 30 211/16 2.4 6.50SDS-32 7/8 32 211/16 2.5 7.30 SDS-36 ♦ 7/8 36 211/16 2.8 7.30SDS-42 7/8 42 211/16 3.3 9.60SDS-48 ♦ 7/8 48 211/16 3.8 9.60

Front-To-Back Deck Supports (Use with LRA & LRC Supports)


LRA-12 ♦ 2250 - 11.5 .9 $3.80LRA-15 ♦ 2250 - 14.5 1.2 4.50LRA-16 2250 - 15.5 1.3 4.90 LRA-18 ♦ 2250 - 17.5 1.4 4.90LRA-24 ♦ 2250 - 23.5 1.9 6.10LRA-30 ♦ 2250 - 29.5 2.3 7.40LRA-32 2250 - 31.5 2.5 8.90 LRA-36 ♦ 2250 - 35.5 2.8 8.90LRA-42 ♦ 2250 1 41.5 3.3 10.60LRA-48 ♦ 2250 1 47.5 3.7 11.30LRA-60 ♦ 2000 1 59.5 4.7 14.20LRA-69 ♦ 1800 1 68.5 5.4 16.30LRA-72 ♦ 1750 2 71.5 5.7 18.70LRA-84 ♦ 1500 3 83.5 6.6 24.00LRA-96 ♦ 1250 3 95.5 7.5 25.00

Heavy-Duty Shelf SupportsCat. No. Load Recommended # Length Wt. List Capacity of SDS-dd Supports Price


LRC-48 ♦ 2500 1 47.5 5.2 $15.00 LRC-60 2250 1 59.5 6.2 20.00LRC-72 ♦ 2000 2 71.5 7.4 22.00LRC-84 1750 3 83.5 8.7 27.00LRC-96 ♦ 1600 3 95.5 9.9 29.00

SSC-36 2750 1 35.5 4.7 $15.70 SSC-42 2500 1 41.5 5.5 17.80 SSC-48 2500 1 47.5 6.3 20.00 SSC-60 2250 1 59.5 7.9 25.00 SSC-72 2000 2 71.5 9.5 29.00 SSC-96 1600 3 95.5 12.7 38.00

Extra Heavy-Duty Channel Shelf Supports

Seismic Support Channel

Cat. No. Load Length D H Wt. List Capacity Capacity Price

14-GaugeDRS-1214 ♦ 600 11.5 27/32 11/8 .5 $2.70DRS-1514 ♦ 600 14.5 27/32 11/8 .7 3.10DRS-1814 ♦ 600 17.5 27/32 11/8 .9 3.50DRS-2414 ♦ 600 23.5 27/32 11/8 1.1 3.70DRS-3014 ♦ 600 29.5 27/32 11/8 1.4 4.50DRS-3614 ♦ 600 35.5 27/32 11/8 1.7 5.20DRS-4214 ♦ 550 41.5 27/32 11/8 2.0 5.90DRS-4814 ♦ 500 47.5 27/32 11/8 2.3 6.60

11-GaugeDRS-3611 ♦ 850 35.5 27/32 11/8 2.8 8.70DRS-4211 ♦ 800 41.5 27/32 11/8 3.2 9.30DRS-4811 ♦ 750 47.5 27/32 11/8 3.7 10.20

Low Profile Shelf Supports





TOOL & DIE RACK 33


Tool & Die RackFor extra heavy-duty storage, Tennsco's Heavy Duty Reinforced Shelving offers a shelf capacity of 4,000 lbs. Constructed of 16-gauge steel shelves and 14-gauge posts and supports, the unit's superior strength makes it perfect for storing dies, motors, jigs, fi xtures and other heavy materials. Braceless construction allows easy access from all four sides, and the smooth steel surface makes placing and removing items much easier than on wood or wire shelves - simply slide items on and off. A simple design, uncommon for a unit built to withstand such loads, makes it quick and easy to assemble or rearrange.



Please Note

Cat. No. Shelf Capacity W D H Wt. List (lbs.) Price

Heavy Duty Reinforced Shelving

Note: Overall unit capacity 11,000 lbs; 5 shelves included per unit.

RXHS-361872 ♦ 4000 36 18 72 147 $510.00RXHS-362472 ♦ 4000 36 24 72 202 574.00RXHS-481872 ♦ 4000 48 18 72 181 611.00RXHS-482472 ♦ 4000 48 24 72 214 683.00RXHS-602472 ♦ 3250 60 24 72 255 813.00RXHS-722472 ♦ 2750 72 24 72 305 980.00RXHS-723672 ♦ 2750 72 36 72 415 1,333.00RXHS-361884 ♦ 4000 36 18 84 151 522.00RXHS-362484 ♦ 4000 36 24 84 206 586.00RXHS-481884 ♦ 4000 48 18 84 185 623.00RXHS-482484 ♦ 4000 48 24 84 218 695.00RXHS-602484 ♦ 3250 60 24 84 259 825.00RXHS-722484 ♦ 2750 72 24 84 309 992.00RXHS-723684 ♦ 2750 72 36 84 419 1,344.00RXHS-962484 ♦ 2600 96 24 84 413 1,394.00RXHS-963684 ♦ 2600 96 36 84 560 1,760.00RXHS-361896 ♦ 4000 36 18 96 155 534.00RXHS-362496 ♦ 4000 36 24 96 210 598.00RXHS-481896 ♦ 4000 48 18 96 189 635.00RXHS-482496 ♦ 4000 48 24 96 222 707.00RXHS-602496 ♦ 3250 60 24 96 263 837.00RXHS-722496 ♦ 2750 72 24 96 313 1,004.00RXHS-723696 ♦ 2750 72 36 96 424 1,356.00RXHS-962496 ♦ 2600 96 24 96 417 1,407.00RXHS-963696 ♦ 2600 96 36 96 565 1,773.00

Extra ShelvesRXHS-3618 ♦ 4000 36 18 211/16 25 89.00RXHS-3624 ♦ 4000 36 24 211/16 32 99.00RXHS-4818 ♦ 4000 48 18 211/16 32 107.00RXHS-4824 ♦ 4000 48 24 211/16 40 121.00RXHS-6024 ♦ 3250 60 24 211/16 47 149.00RXHS-7224 ♦ 2750 72 24 211/16 57 179.00RXHS-7236 ♦ 2750 72 36 211/16 79 254.00RXHS-9624 ♦ 2600 96 24 211/16 78 266.00RXHS-9636 ♦ 2600 96 36 211/16 108 339.00


Match posts with your needs. Use SUR posts for the most demanding applications. Use EUR for light or medium weight applications and in conjunction with ZTP posts. Use ZTP as an intermediate common “T” post.

Shelf and Deck SupportsShelf supports are available in 14 and 16 gauges. Front to back shelf deck supports help support decking on long spans and work with wide profi le shelf supports and channel beams.

Z-Line Shelving Components: Posts, Shelf & Deck Supports

Cat. No. Length Wt. List PriceEUR-36 ♦ 36 2 $6.50EUR-48 ♦ 48 2.7 9.00EUR-60 ♦ 60 3.4 10.20EUR-72 ♦ 72 4 12.20EUR-84 ♦ 84 4.7 14.10EUR-96 ♦ 96 5.4 16.20EUR-108 ♦ 108 6 18.60EUR-120 ♦ 120 6.7 20.00EUR-132 132 7.4 23.00EUR-144 ♦ 144 8.1 24.00

Standard Angle Post

Cat. No. Length Wt. List PriceZTP-36 36 3.9 $13.50ZTP-48 ♦ 48 5.1 17.50ZTP-60 ♦ 60 6.4 21.00ZTP-72 ♦ 72 7.7 25.00ZTP-84 ♦ 84 9 29.00ZTP-96 ♦ 96 10.3 33.00ZTP-108 ♦ 108 11.6 37.00ZTP-120 ♦ 120 12.8 41.00ZTP-132 132 14.1 45.00ZTP-144 ♦ 144 15.4 49.00

Intermediate Post

Cat. No. Length Wt. List PriceSUR-36 36 2.8 $9.20SUR-48 48 3.7 12.40SUR-60 ♦ 60 4.7 14.40SUR-72 ♦ 72 5.4 17.10SUR-84 ♦ 84 6.5 19.90SUR-96 ♦ 96 7.6 23.00SUR-108 108 8.5 26.00SUR-120 ♦ 120 9.2 28.00SUR-132 132 10.4 32.00SUR-144 ♦ 144 11.4 34.00SUR-168 168 13.3 40.00SUR-181.5 181.5 14.3 43.00

Heavy Angle PostCat. No. W D H Wt. List Price

FBSV-12 15/8 12 15/8 .6 $3.60FBSV-15 ♦ 15/8 15 15/8 .8 3.60FBSV-18 ♦ 15/8 18 15/8 .9 3.90FBSV-24 ♦ 15/8 24 15/8 1.3 5.00FBSV-30 ♦ 15/8 30 15/8 1.6 5.60FBSV-36 ♦ 15/8 36 15/8 1.9 6.50FBSV-42 15/8 42 15/8 2.2 8.80FBSV-48 ♦ 15/8 48 15/8 2.5 10.00

Medium-Duty Front-To-Back Deck Supports (for VDRS)

Cat. No. Load Recommended Length Wt. List Capacity Deck Supports Price

16-GaugeVDRS-1216 1000 - 11.5 .6 $2.90VDRS-1516 1000 - 14.5 .8 3.30VDRS-1816 ♦ 1000 - 17.5 .9 3.80VDRS-2416 ♦ 1000 - 23.5 1.3 4.50VDRS-3016 ♦ 1000 - 29.5 1.5 5.60VDRS-3616 ♦ 1000 1 35.5 1.8 6.40VDRS-4216 ♦ 900 1 41.5 2.2 7.60VDRS-4816 ♦ 850 1 47.5 2.5 8.30

14-GaugeVDRS-4814 1000 1 47.5 3.6 13.30VDRS-6014 ♦ 750 1 59.5 4.6 15.30VDRS-6614 700 1 65.5 5.0 16.50VDRS-6914 ♦ 650 2 68.5 5.2 17.10VDRS-7214 ♦ 600 2 71.5 5.4 18.70

Medium-Duty Shelf Supports






34 BULK STORAGE

Bulk Storage Racks: UprightsBulk Storage Shelving allows clear and convenient access from the front or rear. It is designed to handle capacities of 10,000 lbs. per upright set. It’s easy to create your own bulk shelving unit:

1. Choose the uprights that meet your needs. ()2. Select the appropriate deck levels. (Page 35)3. Choose a decking type. (Page 35)

17,000 lbs. capacity based on maximum vertical distance of 24" between any two beams on fl oor.


* Note: Quantities less than 50 uprights please add $250 list set-up charge.

120" High

96" High

72" High

192" High

168" High

144" High

Cat No. W D H Wt. List Price72" High

BUF-2472 ♦ 13/4 24 72 20 $66.00BUF-3672 ♦ 13/4 36 72 22 72.00BUF-4872 ♦ 13/4 48 72 23 78.00

84" HighBUF-2484 13/4 24 84 24 92.00BUF-3684 ♦ 13/4 36 84 25 101.00BUF-4884 13/4 48 84 27 110.00

96" HighBUF-2496 ♦ 13/4 24 96 28 88.00BUF-3696 ♦ 13/4 36 96 30 99.00BUF-4896 ♦ 13/4 48 96 33 108.00

120" HighBUF-24120 ♦ 13/4 24 120 33 111.00BUF-36120 ♦ 13/4 36 120 36 116.00BUF-48120 ♦ 13/4 48 120 38 125.00

144" HighBUF-24144* 13/4 24 144 40 158.00BUF-36144* 13/4 36 144 43 169.00BUF-48144* 13/4 48 144 46 177.00

168" HighBUF-24168* 13/4 24 168 46 189.00BUF-36168* 13/4 36 168 50 199.00BUF-48168* 13/4 48 168 53 208.00

192" HighBUF-24192* 13/4 24 192 53 209.00BUF-36192* 13/4 36 192 57 215.00BUF-48192* 13/4 48 192 64 225.00




Z-Line Record Archive Rack holds standard record storage boxes for archival purposes.

Record Archive Storage Racks

Cat. No. W D H Wt. List PriceLSS-361872 ♦ 361/2 181/2 72 88 179.00LSS-482484 ♦ 481/2 241/2 84 142 249.00

- Boxes not included

Z-Line Stur-D-Stor's fl exible shelving components create either a fi ve-shelf unit or a three-shelf/two-shelf worktable. Boltless design allows quick and easy set-up. Industrial grade particle board shelves with steel frames offer 1000 lb. capacity per shelf. Adjusts in 11/2" increments.

Z-Line Stur-D-Stor Shelving



Number of Archive Box ListW D H Openings Capacity Cat.No. Wt. Price

Supplied With Particle Board Decking 42 15 60 2 18 ZA421560-3D ♦ 73 156.00 42 15 84 3 24 ZA421584-4D ♦ 98 210.00 42 30 60 2 36 ZA423060-3D ♦ 113 199.00 42 30 84 3 48 ZA423084-4D ♦ 151 267.00 69 15 60 2 30 ZA691560-3D ♦ 111 218.00 69 15 84 3 40 ZA691584-4D ♦ 148 293.00 69 30 60 2 60 ZA693060-3D ♦ 175 305.00 69 30 84 3 80 ZA693084-4D ♦ 234 408.00

Customer To Supply Decking 42 15 60 2 18 ZA421560-3 ♦ 41 $131.00 42 15 84 3 24 ZA421584-4 ♦ 55 177.00 42 30 60 2 36 ZA423060-3 ♦ 47 149.00 42 30 84 3 48 ZA423084-4 ♦ 64 200.00 69 15 60 2 30 ZA691560-3 ♦ 57 176.00 69 15 84 3 40 ZA691584-4 ♦ 76 237.00 69 30 60 2 60 ZA693060-3 ♦ 67 203.00 69 30 84 3 80 ZA693084-4 ♦ 90 272.00


Z-Line Shelving: Record Archive & Stur-D-Stor

Please NoteRecord Archive Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand

QuickShip Colors: Sand, Medium Grey

Stur-D-Stor Standard Color: Sand


BULK STORAGE 35

Bulk Storage Racks: Components


Decking Types

Wire DeckingZWD-4824 ♦ 48 24 9/16 10.7 $42.00ZWD-4836 ♦ 48 36 9/16 16 59.00ZWD-4848 48 48 9/16 21 85.00ZWD-6024 60 24 9/16 13.3 70.00ZWD-6036 60 36 9/16 20 83.00ZWD-6048 60 48 9/16 27 116.00ZWD-7224 72 24 9/16 16 64.00ZWD-7236 72 36 9/16 24 89.00ZWD-7248 72 48 9/16 32 99.00ZWD-9624 ♦ 96 24 9/16 21 84.00ZWD-9636 96 36 9/16 32 118.00ZWD-9648 96 48 9/16 42 170.00

Corrugated Steel DeckingBSD-4824 ♦ 48 24 9/16 14 $46.00BSD-4836 ♦ 48 36 9/16 21 65.00BSD-4848 ♦ 48 48 9/16 28 84.00BSD-6024 ♦ 60 24 9/16 17.9 55.00BSD-6036 ♦ 60 36 9/16 26 79.00BSD-6048 ♦ 60 48 9/16 36 102.00BSD-7224 ♦ 72 24 9/16 21 65.00BSD-7236 ♦ 72 36 9/16 31 93.00BSD-7248 ♦ 72 48 9/16 42 121.00BSD-9624 ♦ 96 24 9/16 28 84.00BSD-9636 ♦ 96 36 9/16 40 121.00BSD-9648 ♦ 96 48 9/16 58 158.00

5/8" Particleboard DeckingPB-4824 ♦ 48 24 5/8 20 $14.70PB-4836 ♦ 48 36 5/8 31 22.00PB-4848 ♦ 48 48 5/8 40 32.00PB-6024 ♦ 60 24 5/8 25 20.00PB-6036 ♦ 60 36 5/8 37.5 30.00PB-6048 ♦ 60 48 5/8 50 38.00PB-7224 ♦ 72 24 5/8 30 26.00PB-7236 ♦ 72 36 5/8 45 36.00PB-7248 ♦ 72 48 5/8 60 47.00PB-9624 ♦ 96 24 5/8 40 32.00PB-9636 ♦ 96 36 5/8 60 48.00PB-9648 ♦ 96 48 5/8 80 63.00


Note: Safety plugs (included) must be inserted in each end of beam to secure post.

Cat No. No. Supports Included Wt. List Price Capacity

Deck Levels

BPB-48-24 ♦ 2 18.1 $52.00 4150BPB-48-36 ♦ 2 18.5 56.00 4150BPB-48-48 ♦ 2 21 60.00 4150BPB-60-24 ♦ 2 21 60.00 3800BPB-60-36 ♦ 2 23 64.00 3800BPB-60-48 ♦ 2 23 68.00 3800BPB-72-24 ♦ 3 25 73.00 2750BPB-72-36 ♦ 3 27 78.00 2750BPB-72-48 ♦ 3 31 83.00 2750BPB-96-24 ♦ 4 34 95.00 2150BPB-96-36 ♦ 4 37 102.00 2150BPB-96-48 ♦ 4 37 109.00 2150


Additional Support Angles

BPS-24 ♦ 1 24 115/16 1.3 $4.20BPS-36 ♦ 1 36 115/16 2.1 6.00BPS-48 ♦ 1 48 115/16 2.7 7.80

- Order decking separately. See options to the right.

- Decking only.

Corrugated Steel Decking

Particleboard Decking

Wire Decking

Support Angle



* Wire decking uses 5 gauge wire and consists of a 2" x 4" mesh pattern.

Without Decking


Z-Line Shelving: Long Span Shelving and Sloping Shelf Units

Z-Line Long Span beams offer the ability to create shelving units up to 96" wide by 48" deep.


* Load capacity in pounds per shelf level. Total unit capacity, not to exceed 11,000 lbs. per unit (2,750 lbs. per post), based on 24" centers or less.



Wide Profile Shelving With Particle Board Shelving

48 24 84 2250 ZL7-4824-3D ♦ 125 $243.00 ZLES-4824D ♦ 33 $55.0048 30 84 2250 ZL7-4830-3D ♦ 144 271.00 ZLES-4830D ♦ 39 64.0048 36 84 2250 ZL7-4836-3D ♦ 166 289.00 ZLES-4836D ♦ 47 70.0048 48 84 2250 ZL7-4848-3D ♦ 202 340.00 ZLES-4848D ♦ 59 87.0060 24 84 2000 ZL7-6024-3D ♦ 146 277.00 ZLES-6024D ♦ 40 66.0060 30 84 2000 ZL7-6030-3D ♦ 169 301.00 ZLES-6030D ♦ 48 74.0060 36 84 2000 ZL7-6036-3D ♦ 192 330.00 ZLES-6036D ♦ 55 84.0060 48 84 2000 ZL7-6048-3D ♦ 238 375.00 ZLES-6048D ♦ 71 99.0072 24 84 1750 ZL7-7224-3D ♦ 173 337.00 ZLES-7224D ♦ 49 86.0072 30 84 1750 ZL7-7230-3D ♦ 201 359.00 ZLES-7230D ♦ 58 93.0072 36 84 1750 ZL7-7236-3D ♦ 229 397.00 ZLES-7236D ♦ 68 106.0072 48 84 1750 ZL7-7248-3D ♦ 285 458.00 ZLES-7248D ♦ 86 126.0096 24 84 1250 ZL7-9624-3D ♦ 220 408.00 ZLES-9624D ♦ 65 110.0096 30 84 1250 ZL7-9630-3D ♦ 256 444.00 ZLES-9630D ♦ 77 121.0096 36 84 1250 ZL7-9636-3D ♦ 293 493.00 ZLES-9636D ♦ 89 138.0096 48 84 1250 ZL7-9648-3D ♦ 367 573.00 ZLES-9648D ♦ 114 164.00


Wide Profile Shelving Without Decking

Sloping Shelf Units

48 24 84 2250 ZL7-4824-3 ♦ 65 $199.00 ZLES-4824 ♦ 13.1 $40.00 48 30 84 2250 ZL7-4830-3 ♦ 69 211.00 ZLES-4830 ♦ 14.4 44.0048 36 84 2250 ZL7-4836-3 ♦ 73 223.00 ZLES-4836 ♦ 15.8 48.0048 48 84 2250 ZL7-4848-3 ♦ 82 244.00 ZLES-4848 ♦ 18.6 55.0060 24 84 2000 ZL7-6024-3 ♦ 71 217.00 ZLES-6024 ♦ 15.1 46.0060 30 84 2000 ZL7-6030-3 ♦ 75 229.00 ZLES-6030 ♦ 16.4 50.0060 36 84 2000 ZL7-6036-3 ♦ 79 240.00 ZLES-6036 ♦ 17.8 54.0060 48 84 2000 ZL7-6048-3 ♦ 88 261.00 ZLES-6048 ♦ 21 61.0072 24 84 1750 ZL7-7224-3 ♦ 83 259.00 ZLES-7224 ♦ 19 60.0072 30 84 1750 ZL7-7230-3 ♦ 88 275.00 ZLES-7230 ♦ 21 65.0072 36 84 1750 ZL7-7236-3 ♦ 94 289.00 ZLES-7236 ♦ 23 70.0072 48 84 1750 ZL7-7248-3 ♦ 105 317.00 ZLES-7248 ♦ 26 79.0096 24 84 1250 ZL7-9624-3 ♦ 100 312.00 ZLES-9624 ♦ 25 78.0096 30 84 1250 ZL7-9630-3 ♦ 106 333.00 ZLES-9630 ♦ 27 84.0096 36 84 1250 ZL7-9636-3 ♦ 113 349.00 ZLES-9636 ♦ 29 90.0096 48 84 1250 ZL7-9648-3 ♦ 127 384.00 ZLES-9648 ♦ 34 101.00

36 18 84 ZT7-3618S-5 ♦ 137 $455.00 ZT7-3618A-5 ♦ 136 $457.00 ZSSS-3618 ♦ 17.9 $68.00 36 24 84 ZT7-3624S-5 ♦ 160 511.00 ZT7-3624A-5 ♦ 159 513.00 ZSSS-3624 ♦ 23 83.0048 18 84 ZT7-4818S-5 ♦ 187 590.00 ZT7-4818A-5 ♦ 186 592.00 ZSSS-4818 ♦ 27 92.0048 24 84 ZT7-4824S-5 ♦ 217 658.00 ZT7-4824A-5 ♦ 217 660.00 ZSSS-4824 ♦ 33 105.00


Unit Size Starter Units List Adder Units List Extra Shelf Levels ListW D H Cat.No. Wt. Price Cat.No. Wt. Price Cat.No. Wt. Price






Sloping Shelf units only available in Medium Grey.

Logic Wire Shelving Units & Carts

36 WIRE SHELVING

Logic Systems Shelving is perfect for food service, health care, or specialized industrial applications where a modern, sanitary appearance is required. Logic Shelving literally “snaps” together with its patented Logic clip. Shelves can be easily added or removed without disturbing other levels of the unit. This fl exibility allows the interchangeability of wire and solid shelves whenever your needs change.


Add-On Units (4 Shelves, 75" High)

36 18 66 E-361875-4 ♦ $392.00 LE-3618P 10.9 $71.0036 24 74 E-362475-4 ♦ 432.00 LE-3624P 13 81.0042 18 71 E-421875-4 472.00 LE-4218P 12.2 89.0042 24 81 E-422475-4 500.00 LE-4224P 14.7 90.0048 18 77 E-481875-4 ♦ 440.00 LE-4818P 13.7 83.0048 24 88 E-482475-4 480.00 LE-4824P 16.4 94.0060 18 109 E-601875-4 516.00 LE-6018P 22 102.0060 24 125 E-602475-4 ♦ 556.00 LE-6024P 26 112.0072 18 129 E-721875-4 612.00 LE-7218P 27 126.0072 24 145 E-722475-4 ♦ 652.00 LE-7224P 31 136.00


36 18 54 E-361875-4A ♦ $345.00 LE-3618A 10.6 $73.0036 24 62 E-362475-4A ♦ 385.00 LE-3624A 12.7 83.0042 18 59 E-421875-4A 425.00 LE-4218A 11.9 91.0042 24 69 E-422475-4A 453.00 LE-4224A 14.4 92.0048 18 65 E-481875-4A ♦ 393.00 LE-4818A 13.4 85.0048 24 76 E-482475-4A 433.00 LE-4824A 16.1 96.0060 18 97 E-601875-4A 469.00 LE-6018A 21 104.0060 24 113 E-602475-4A ♦ 509.00 LE-6024A 25 114.0072 18 117 E-721875-4A 565.00 LE-7218A 26 128.0072 24 133 E-722475-4A ♦ 605.00 LE-7224A 30 138.00




Please NoteStandard Colors: Arctic White, Black, Pearl Grey

QuickShip Colors: Arctic White, Pearl Grey

Units include four posts, four wire shelves, 16 starter clips, and leveling feet.

Units include two posts, four wire shelves, 8 add-on clips, and leveling feet.90° add-on units available, call factory for pricing.

Starter Units (4 Shelves, 75" High)

Wire Shelf Hand Carts

Shelving Units

W D Cat. No. Wt. List Price

Units include two one-piece handles, two or three wire shelves, Logic Clips, four donut bumpers, and two pair of swivel casters.



* Product numbers ending with "M" ship in a single carton

Wire Shelf Hand Carts - Come with 4 swivel casters. Shelves can beadded, removed, or repositioned as quickly as your needs changewithout disturbing other shelving levels.

2 Shelves, 42" Height36 18 HE-361835-2M* ♦ 43 $315.0036 24 HE-362435-2M 49 359.0042 18 HE-421835-2 46 352.0042 24 HE-422435-2 53 368.0048 18 HE-481835-2 ♦ 49 336.0048 24 HE-482435-2M 56 384.0060 24 HE-602435-2 ♦ 77 420.00

3 Shelves, 42" Height36 18 HE-361835-3 ♦ 55 383.0036 24 HE-362435-3 ♦ 63 415.0042 18 HE-421835-3 58 441.0042 24 HE-422435-3 68 466.0048 18 HE-481835-3 ♦ 63 419.0048 24 HE-482435-3 73 451.0060 24 HE-602435-3 ♦ 101 508.00


* Load capacity in pounds per shelf level, evenly distributed. Total unit capacity, using four uprights, not to exceed 8000 lbs., based on 24" centers or less.

Z-Line Shelving is value without compromising performance. Its versatile array of components means it fi ts all your storage needs. Combine an interlocking keyhole design for fast, boltless installation without clips, gussets or sway bars and you have a shelving system designed for your specifi c needs.

Z-Line Low Profi le Shelving maximizes shelf openings in light to medium duty support applications.

Z-Line Shelving: Low Profile


NOTE: Products are shown with one additional shelf level.

Low Profile Shelving With Particle Board Shelving (4 Shelves, 3 Openings)

36 12 84 600 ZA7-3612S-4D ♦ 65 $138.00 ZA7-3612A-4D ♦ 63 $132.00 ZAES-3612D ♦ 10.9 $16.4036 18 84 600 ZA7-3618S-4D ♦ 83 155.00 ZA7-3618A-4D ♦ 80 146.00 ZAES-3618D ♦ 14.7 19.4036 24 84 600 ZA7-3624S-4D ♦ 99 168.00 ZA7-3624A-4D ♦ 95 159.00 ZAES-3624D ♦ 18.4 22.0036 36 84 600 ZA7-3636S-4D ♦ 136 212.00 ZA7-3636A-4D ♦ 135 213.00 ZAES-3636D ♦ 29 41.0042 12 84 550 ZA7-4212S-4D ♦ 73 150.00 ZA7-4212A-4D ♦ 71 144.00 ZAES-4212D ♦ 12.8 19.4042 18 84 550 ZA7-4218S-4D ♦ 93 168.00 ZA7-4218A-4D ♦ 89 159.00 ZAES-4218D ♦ 17.1 23.0042 24 84 550 ZA7-4224S-4D ♦ 111 183.00 ZA7-4224A-4D ♦ 107 173.00 ZAES-4224D ♦ 22 26.0042 36 84 550 ZA7-4236S-4D ♦ 154 225.00 ZA7-4236A-4D ♦ 153 227.00 ZAES-4236D ♦ 34 45.0048 12 84 500 ZA7-4812S-4D ♦ 80 158.00 ZA7-4812A-4D ♦ 78 151.00 ZAES-4812D ♦ 14.6 21.0048 18 84 500 ZA7-4818S-4D ♦ 103 178.00 ZA7-4818A-4D ♦ 99 169.00 ZAES-4818D ♦ 19.6 25.0048 24 84 500 ZA7-4824S-4D ♦ 124 190.00 ZA7-4824A-4D ♦ 120 181.00 ZAES-4824D ♦ 25 28.0048 36 84 500 ZA7-4836S-4D ♦ 175 239.00 ZA7-4836A-4D ♦ 174 240.00 ZAES-4836D ♦ 38 48.00


Low Profile Shelving Without Decking (4 Shelves, 3 Openings)

36 12 84 600 ZA7-3612S-4 ♦ 35 $114.00 ZA7-3612A-4 ♦ 33 $108.00 ZAES-3612 ♦ 3.4 $10.4036 18 84 600 ZA7-3618S-4 ♦ 38 119.00 ZA7-3618A-4 ♦ 34 110.00 ZAES-3618 ♦ 3.4 10.4036 24 84 600 ZA7-3624S-4 ♦ 39 120.00 ZA7-3624A-4 ♦ 35 111.00 ZAES-3624 ♦ 3.4 10.4036 36 84 600 ZA7-3636S-4 ♦ 46 140.00 ZA7-3636A-4 ♦ 45 141.00 ZAES-3636 ♦ 6.8 23.0042 12 84 550 ZA7-4212S-4 ♦ 38 120.00 ZA7-4212A-4 ♦ 36 113.00 ZAES-4212 ♦ 4.0 11.8042 18 84 550 ZA7-4218S-4 ♦ 40 125.00 ZA7-4218A-4 ♦ 37 116.00 ZAES-4218 ♦ 4.0 11.8042 24 84 550 ZA7-4224S-4 ♦ 41 126.00 ZA7-4224A-4 ♦ 37 116.00 ZAES-4224 ♦ 4.0 11.8042 36 84 550 ZA7-4236S-4 ♦ 48 145.00 ZA7-4236A-4 ♦ 48 147.00 ZAES-4236 ♦ 7.6 25.0048 12 84 500 ZA7-4812S-4 ♦ 40 125.00 ZA7-4812A-4 ♦ 38 119.00 ZAES-4812 ♦ 4.6 13.2048 18 84 500 ZA7-4818S-4 ♦ 43 130.00 ZA7-4818A-4 ♦ 39 121.00 ZAES-4818 ♦ 4.6 13.2048 24 84 500 ZA7-4824S-4 ♦ 44 131.00 ZA7-4824A-4 ♦ 40 122.00 ZAES-4824 ♦ 4.6 13.2048 36 84 500 ZA7-4836S-4 ♦ 51 151.00 ZA7-4836A-4 ♦ 50 152.00 ZAES-4836 ♦ 8.0 24.00








Add-on UnitStarter Unit

WORKBENCHES 37

Workbenches: Mobile WorkbenchesMobile Workbenches keep employees productive no matter where they are on the worksite. They feature all welded construction from heavy gauge steel. Units are available in one or four drawer confi gurations. Standard features include: locking cabinet with one cabinet shelf, two fi xed and two swivel casters for easy steering.





Mobile Workbench(With Modular Cabinet and Four Drawers)


Mobile Workbench(With Modular Cabinet, One Drawer and Two Shelves)

Mobile WorkbenchMB-2-2542 ♦ 42 25 361/4 157 1000 $852.00


Extra Shelf Left SideMBS-1524 15 23 3/4 5 100 37.00

Mobile WorkbenchMB-1-2542 ♦ 42 25 361/4 182 1000 $1,070.00


Please NoteStandard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, and Sand


COMMERCIAL SHELVING 19

Organization is the key to productivity. Tennsco organizes both your front and back offi ce to keep offi ces running smoothly. Tennsco's multipurpose ESP Shelving is ideal for storage applications in offi ce stockrooms and throughout your plant. Every-thing you need shipped in one box.

Regal Shelving components snap together with steel shoulder rivets for added rigidity. This added strength makes Regal Shelving sturdy enough for any storage application, while the wood grain laminate shelves make it attractive for the front offi ce. Every-thing you need shipped in one box.

ESP & Regal Shelving


Cat. No. Openings W D H Wt. List Price

ESP-1236 ♦ 4 36 12 75 48 $150.00ESP-1836 ♦ 4 36 18 75 61 182.00ESP-2436 ♦ 4 36 24 75 73 215.00ESP-6-1236 ♦ 5 36 12 75 53 158.00ESP-6-1836 ♦ 5 36 18 75 68 191.00ESP-6-2436 ♦ 5 36 24 75 77 229.00

Extra ShelvesPackaged 2 shelves per carton, priced per shelf.

ES-12 ♦ 36 12 1 6.0 19.20ES-18 ♦ 36 18 1 8.2 23.00ES-24 ♦ 36 24 1 10.8 27.00


ESP Shelves use multiple-bend fl anges with lapped and welded corners. The design permits loads up to 250 lbs. per shelf.

Flanged ForExtra Support

Please NoteStandard Color: Medium Grey


Cat. No. Number of Openings W D H Wt. List Price- Assembly required.

Starter UnitsRGL-1236S ♦ 5 36 12 76 85 $199.00RGL-1536S ♦ 5 36 15 76 99 219.00RGL-1836S ♦ 5 36 18 76 104 244.00

Add-On UnitsRGL-1236A ♦ 5 36 12 76 80 166.00RGL-1536A ♦ 5 36 15 76 94 185.00RGL-1836A ♦ 5 36 18 76 100 210.00

ESP Shelving

Regal Shelving



38 WORKBENCHES


Electric RiserRE-1045WK ♦ 45 8 101/4 23 $167.00

Push Handle Power StripMHE-25 ♦ 25 8 101/4 10 162.00


Push Handle Power StripElectric RiserFits only 48" wide units.

Please NoteStandard Color: Light Grey, Medium Grey, and Sand




- Assembly required.Workbench Configurations

MB-2530-BB ♦ 33 25 43 234 $1,173.00MB-2530-C ♦ 33 25 43 153 712.00MB-3-2545 ♦ 48 25 43 294 1,634.00MB-4-2545 ♦ 48 25 43 270 1,334.00MB-5-2545 48 25 43 220 1,321.00MB-6-2545 48 25 43 251 1,311.00MB-7-2545 48 25 43 278 1,512.00

MB-2530-BB MB-3-2545 MB-4-2545 MB-5-2545

MB-2530-C MB-6-2545 MB-7-2545

Workbenches: Mobile Workbenches

Shelves have a Light Oak fi nish.

18 STACKABLE TIERS

Need more fi ling or fl oor space? Add-A-Stack is the modular fi ling system that ex-pands as easily as adding another shelf. The thin profi le reduces the height of each tier, allowing more within reaching height.


Add-A-Stack Filing System

NOTE: *Bases are available in either 1" height (without levelers) or 4" height (with levelers).- All tops are 1" high.- Tiers priced as each, packed 2 per box.



Letter Sized 36" Wide Stackable TierAS36L ♦ With 4 fi xed dividers 35 13 97/8 36 133/16 10 20 $88.00

Letter Sized 48" Wide Stackable TierAS48L With 6 fi xed dividers 47 13 97/8 48 133/16 10 23 114.00


Letter Sized Base & Top SetsAS36LBT ♦ 36"w, no levelers* 36 133/16 1 36 133/16 1 18 $87.00AS36LBT-L ♦ 36"w, with levelers* 36 133/16 4 36 133/16 1 22 124.00AS48LBT 48"w, no levelers* 48 133/16 1 48 133/16 1 23 109.00AS48LBT-L 48"w, with levelers* 48 133/16 4 48 133/16 1 29 146.00

Legal Sized 36" Wide Stackable TierAS36G ♦ With 4 fi xed dividers 35 16 97/8 36 163/16 10 25 $102.00

Legal Sized 48" Wide Stackable TierAS48G With 6 fi xed dividers 47 16 97/8 48 163/16 10 28 130.00


Legal Sized Base & Top SetsAS36GBT ♦ 36"w, no levelers* 36 163/16 1 36 163/16 1 21 $105.00AS36GBT-L ♦ 36"w, with levelers* 36 163/16 4 36 163/16 1 27 131.00AS48GBT 48"w, no levelers* 48 163/16 1 48 163/16 1 27 120.00AS48GBT-L 48"w, with levelers* 48 163/16 4 48 163/16 1 34 161.00

Cat. No. Remarks W D Wt. List Price



Posting Shelves & Locking DoorsAS36PS ♦ 36" wide posting shelf 36 911/16 10 $131.00AS36LD 36" wide locking door 36 911/16 7 155.00AS48PS 48" wide posting shelf 48 911/16 13.3 136.00 AS48LD 48" wide locking door 48 911/16 8.2 185.00

Please NoteStandard Colors: Light Grey, Sand

QuickShip Colors: Light Grey, Sand


X-Ray Sized 36" Wide Stackable TierAS36X ♦ With 4 fi xed dividers - - - 36 193/16 15 42 $172.00


X-Ray Sized Base & Top SetsAS36XBT ♦ 36"w, no levelers* - - 1 36 193/16 1 24 $120.00AS36XBT-L ♦ 36"w, with levelers* - - 4 36 193/16 1 30 140.00

Stackable Tier

Base and Top Set (1" Base, no levelers)

Base and Top Set (4" Base with levelers)

Posting Shelf

Locking Door

WORKBENCHES 39

Tennsco Workbenches are constructed of only the fi nest materials. Choose from a 12 gauge steel top, a solid hard wood top, a compressed wood top or a plastic laminate top.



Workbenches: Flared LegsPlease NoteStandard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand





Steel Top Workbenches- Assembly required.

Solid Hard Wood Top Workbenches


Compressed Wood Top Workbenches- Assembly required.


White Plastic Laminate Top Workbenches

With Stringer & LegsWB-1-3048S ♦ 48 30 331/2 4000 91 $324.00 WB-1-3060S ♦ 60 30 331/2 2500 103 341.00WB-1-3072S ♦ 72 30 331/2 1800 120 379.00WB-1-3096S* ♦ 96 30 331/2 4000 173 525.00 WB-1-3660S ♦ 60 36 331/2 2500 122 392.00WB-1-3672S ♦ 72 36 331/2 1800 134 428.00WB-1-3696S* ♦ 96 36 331/2 4000 192 578.00

With Stringer & LegsWB-1-3048W 48 30 33¾ 4000 96 $497.00 WB-1-3060W ♦ 60 30 33¾ 3800 124 560.00WB-1-3072W ♦ 72 30 33¾ 3600 142 648.00WB-1-3096W* 96 30 33¾ 4000 184 896.00 WB-1-3660W ♦ 60 36 33¾ 3800 137 650.00WB-1-3672W ♦ 72 36 33¾ 3600 162 746.00 WB-1-3696W* 96 36 33¾ 4000 217 1,305.00



With Stringer & LegsWB-1-3048C 48 30 333/4 2400 124 $436.00 WB-1-3060C ♦ 60 30 333/4 1900 152 457.00WB-1-3072C ♦ 72 30 333/4 1500 175 518.00WB-1-3096C* 96 30 333/4 2400 233 855.00WB-1-3660C ♦ 60 36 333/4 1900 169 514.00 WB-1-3672C ♦ 72 36 333/4 1500 206 574.00WB-1-3696C* 96 36 333/4 2400 270 865.00

With Stringer & LegsWB-1-3048P 48 30 331/2 1200 126 $412.00 WB-1-3060P ♦ 60 30 331/2 800 123 440.00WB-1-3072P ♦ 72 30 331/2 750 139 501.00WB-1-3096P* 96 30 331/2 1200 190 698.00WB-1-3660P ♦ 60 36 331/2 800 150 523.00 WB-1-3672P ♦ 72 36 331/2 750 182 582.00WB-1-3696P* 96 36 331/2 1200 225 803.00





FIXED SHELF FILING UNITS 17

Fixed Shelf & Lateral File Units

Fixed Shelf Files are sturdy welded units that do not have to be assembled and also offer an optional posting shelf for additional work surface. Fixed Shelf Lateral Files are available with or without doors. Open Units are perfect for color-coded fi ling systems, books, manuals etc. Use Closed Units when confi dentiality, security or protection of materials is of paramount concern. Closed Units have individual retractable doors for each shelf level.

*Dividers available in black only.

- Comes standard with four dividers per shelf level (dividers are black only).


Cat. No. Product Description W D H Wt. List Price


Cat. No. Number of Openings W D H Wt. List PriceFSF-78 ♦ 7 341/2 131/2 78 117 $544.00

Reference ShelfFSFRS-1 ♦ 30 12 1/2 8.6 50.00

Extra Divider*PD-1108-BK 11 8 .4 2.20

Fixed Shelf Lateral Files


QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand

Closed Lateral File (Door Units)FS351L ♦ 5-Level Fixed Shelf Unit w/Doors 36 16½ 63½ 180 $1,231.00FS361L ♦ 6-Level Fixed Shelf Unit w/Doors 36 16½ 751/4 218 1,410.00FS371L ♦ 7-Level Fixed Shelf Unit w/Doors 36 16½ 87 242 1,562.00

Open Lateral FileFS350 ♦ 5-Level Fixed Shelf Unit 36 16½ 63½ 124 701.00FS360 ♦ 6-Level Fixed Shelf Unit 36 16½ 751/4 150 764.00FS370 ♦ 7-Level Fixed Shelf Unit 36 16½ 87 175 857.00

Extra DividerFD-1108 ♦ 11 8 .8 2.50

Fixed Shelf File

40 WORKBENCHES

Workbenches: Adjustable LegsPlease NoteStandard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand


- Assembly required.Steel Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches

- Assembly required.Solid Hard Wood Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches


Compressed Wood Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches - Assembly required.

Plastic Laminate Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches











WBA-1-3048S ♦ 48 30 ** 4000 98 $344.00 WBA-1-3060S ♦ 60 30 ** 2500 110 361.00 WBA-1-3072S ♦ 72 30 ** 1800 127 399.00WBA-1-3096S* ♦ 96 30 ** 4000 182 555.00WBA-1-3660S ♦ 60 36 ** 2500 129 414.00WBA-1-3672S ♦ 72 36 ** 1800 141 450.00WBA-1-3696S* ♦ 96 36 ** 4000 202 611.00

WBA-1-3048W ♦ 48 30 ** 4000 109 $541.00WBA-1-3060W ♦ 60 30 ** 3800 131 580.00WBA-1-3072W ♦ 72 30 ** 3600 148 668.00WBA-1-3096W* 96 30 ** 4000 194 926.00WBA-1-3660W ♦ 60 36 ** 3800 144 672.00WBA-1-3672W ♦ 72 36 ** 3600 168 768.00WBA-1-3696W* 96 36 ** 4000 227 1,338.00

WBA-1-3048C 48 30 ** 2400 131 $456.00 WBA-1-3060C ♦ 60 30 ** 1900 159 477.00WBA-1-3072C ♦ 72 30 ** 1500 181 538.00 WBA-1-3096C* 96 30 ** 2400 238 876.00 WBA-1-3660C ♦ 60 36 ** 1900 176 536.00WBA-1-3672C ♦ 72 36 ** 1500 212 596.00WBA-1-3696C* 96 36 ** 2400 280 898.00

WBA-1-3048P 48 30 ** 1200 115 $432.00 WBA-1-3060P ♦ 60 30 ** 800 130 460.00WBA-1-3072P ♦ 72 30 ** 750 145 521.00WBA-1-3096P* 96 30 ** 1200 200 728.00WBA-1-3660P ♦ 60 36 ** 800 157 545.00WBA-1-3672P ♦ 72 36 ** 750 188 604.00WBA-1-3696P* 96 36 ** 1200 235 836.00


16 HIGH DENSITY OFFICE FILING UNITS

Imperial Open Shelf Filing & HIPAA Compliant Doors

Imperial Shelving, the most economical method to fi le end-tab fi le folders, keeps materials upright while making fi les more visible, especially when using a color-coding system. All units have closed end panels. Each shelf comes with 5 adjustable dividers and plastic feet to protect carpet or fl oor. It also offers a variety of doors that meet HIPAA (Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996) healthcare privacy regulations for safeguarding personal health information.



- Assembly required. - Assembly required.

Reference ShelfProvides a convenient pull-out work space anywhere. Reduces fi ling or storage space by 1".

* Includes: 2 shelf supports, 1 shelf, 1 backstop and 5 dividers.

* All doors come standard with lock, in compliance with (HIPAA) Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 regulations.


Sliding Door KitSingle sliding door offers

lockable security.

Hinged Door AssemblyAdds 2 3/4” to outside depth of unit, including handles; frame uses 1/2” vertical fi ling space.



Hinged Doors with Extended FramesLTHD-3676RHD 36 2 1/4 76 60 $423.00LTHD-4876RHD 48 2 1/4 76 86 552.00LTHD-3688RHD 36 2 1/4 88 68 422.00LTHD-4888RHD 48 2 1/4 88 89 606.00

Sliding Door KitSD-3676-1 ♦ 36 4 1/8 76 103 907.00SD-4876-1 ♦ 48 4 1/8 76 138 955.00SD-3688-1 ♦ 36 4 1/8 88 120 922.00SD-4888-1 ♦ 48 4 1/8 88 160 971.00

Two Piece Backs (to enclose units with doors)LTBP-3676-2 36 76 18.6 $101.00LTBP-4876-2 48 76 21.0 111.00LTBP-3688-2 36 88 25.0 129.00LTBP-4888-2 48 88 29.0 144.00

NOTE: 12" & 24" Deep units are letter sized. 15" & 30" Deep units are legal sized.



Single Entry Starter Units 1276PC ♦ 6 36 12 76 117 $376.00127648PC ♦ 6 48 12 76 140 459.001576PC ♦ 6 36 15 76 125 401.001288PC ♦ 7 36 12 88 133 428.00128848PC ♦ 7 48 12 88 156 517.001588PC ♦ 7 36 15 88 145 454.00

Double Entry Starter Units2476PC ♦ 12 36 24 76 199 640.00247648PC ♦ 12 48 24 76 247 775.002488PC ♦ 14 36 24 88 229 719.00248848PC ♦ 14 48 24 88 286 883.003076PC ♦ 12 36 30 76 220 709.003088PC ♦ 14 36 30 88 256 783.00

Reference ShelfRSMB-12 30 12 5/8 9.3 50.00RSMB-15 30 15 5/8 9.7 51.00RSMB-24 30 24 5/8 10.8 55.00RSMB-30 30 30 5/8 11.6 57.00

Single Entry Add-On Units1276AC ♦ 6 36 12 76 108 $337.00127648AC ♦ 6 48 12 76 130 406.001576AC ♦ 6 36 15 76 114 375.001288AC ♦ 7 36 12 88 125 399.00128848AC ♦ 7 48 12 88 147 479.001588AC ♦ 7 36 15 88 132 423.00

Double Entry Add-On Units2476AC ♦ 12 36 24 76 177 587.00247648AC ♦ 12 48 24 76 222 725.002488AC ♦ 14 36 24 88 203 660.00248848AC ♦ 14 48 24 88 257 826.003076AC ♦ 12 36 30 76 205 689.003088AC ♦ 14 36 30 88 225 716.00

Extra Shelf KitISK-3612* ♦ Single Entry 13 40.00ISK-3615* ♦ Single Entry 14.1 43.00ISK-4812* ♦ Single Entry 18.8 51.00ISK-3624* Double Entry 24 66.00ISK-3630* Double Entry 25 72.00ISK-4824* ♦ Double Entry 30 85.00

WORKBENCHES 41

Doors

Two Piece Backs

Starter Units Adder Units

Workbenches: Electronic Workbenches& Electronic Modular Workbenches





Electronic Modular Workbenches

Electronic Workbenches

Cat. No. Top Material W D H Wt. List Price


Electronic Modular WorkbenchesEMB-1-3072S ♦ Solid Steel w/ 2 Drawer Units 72 30 331/2 1800 248 $1,359.00EMB-1-3072M ♦ Hard Wood w/ 2 Drawer Units 72 30 333/4 2000 267 1,619.00EMB-1-3072P ♦ Plastic Laminate w/ 2 Drawer Units 72 30 331/2 750 264 1,472.00EMB-1-3072C ♦ Compressed Wood w/ 2 Drawer Units 72 30 333/4 1500 300 1,489.00EMB-2-3072S* ♦ Solid Steel w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet 72 30 331/2 1800 219 1,110.00EMB-2-3072M* ♦ Hard Wood w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet 72 30 333/4 2000 238 1,370.00EMB-2-3072P* ♦ Plastic Laminate w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet 72 30 331/2 750 235 1,223.00EMB-2-3072C* ♦ Compressed Wood w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet 72 30 333/4 1500 271 1,240.00

Electronic WorkbenchesEB-1-3072S ♦ Solid Steel 72 30 331/2 1800 156 $557.00EB-1-3072M ♦ Hard Wood 72 30 333/4 2000 178 826.00EB-1-3672M ♦ Hard Wood 72 36 333/4 2000 195 918.00EB-1-3072P ♦ Plastic Laminate 72 30 331/2 750 175 679.00EB-1-3672P ♦ Plastic Laminate 72 36 331/2 750 215 754.00EB-1-3072C ♦ Compressed Wood 72 30 333/4 1500 211 696.00EB-1-3672C ♦ Compressed Wood 72 36 333/4 1500 239 746.00

EB-1-3072SSolid Steel Top Electronic Workbench

EB-1-3072CCompressed Wood Top Electronic Workbench

EB-1-3072MHard Wood Top Electronic Workbench


EB-1-3072PPlastic Laminate Top Electronic Workbench

*Load capacity is for top only.National Motor Freight classifi cation: Class 85NOTE: Workbench accessories are located on pages 43-45.




OVERFILES & LATERAL FILE ACCESSORIES 15




QuickShip Color: Black. Laminate top is available in Mahoghony, Oak and Walnut.

Laminate TopsSelf-edged laminate tops add another work surface to your offi ce and are available in sizes to top off any fi le. Available in Oak, Walnut and Mahogany laminates.

Overfiles

Cat. No. Product Description W D H Wt. List PriceSingle Level

L301OF Single Level Overfi le 30 18 181/4 47 $501.00L361OF Single Level Overfi le 36 18 181/4 55 528.00 L421OF Single Level Overfi le 42 18 181/4 61 564.00

Double LevelL302OF Double Level Overfi le 30 18 27½ 63 513.00L362OF Double Level Overfi le 36 18 27½ 76 555.00L422OF Double Level Overfi le 42 18 27½ 89 615.00

Increase storage capacity by turning unused space above lateral fi les into productive space. Sliding doors offer easy access while keeping the offi ce environment neat.

(L3620F shown)

Lateral File Accessories*Cat. No. Product Description W D H Wt. List Price

* Available in black only.** Use 1 pair per drawer.

Divider5AD

Cross Rods15CR

Cross Rods15CR* ♦ Cross Rods (Pair)** 153/4 17/8 7/8 1 $8.50

Dividers5AD* ♦ Dividers - 131/2 63/16 0.7 4.10

CounterweightsFor 2-Drawer FilesT30CW-4 30" Counterweight 205/8 - 101/2 34 76.00T36CW-4 36" Counterweight 345/8 - 101/2 41 90.00T42CW-4 42" Counterweight 405/8 - 101/2 47 106.00For 3, 4 and 5-Drawer FilesT30CW-2 30" Counterweight 205/8 - 101/2 17 41.00T36CW-2 36" Counterweight 345/8 - 101/2 20 48.00T42CW-2 42" Counterweight 405/8 - 101/2 24 56.00

Laminate TopsT1830 ♦ 30" Laminate Top 30 18 1 1/16 17 145.00T1836 ♦ 36" Laminate Top 36 18 1 1/16 23 172.00T1842 ♦ 42" Laminate Top 42 18 1 1/16 26 226.00

Extra Long Pull Label HolderTLPLH 4 - 1 5/16 0.1 1.20

42 WORKBENCHES



Hard Wood and Compressed Wood avail-able in Natural Only.

Laminate is availble in white only.


Workbench Tops (includes stringer)

Steel Top With Stringer**T-3048 ♦ 48 30 11/2 4000 62 230.00T-3060 ♦ 60 30 11/2 2500 74 247.00T-3072 ♦ 72 30 11/2 1800 91 285.00T-3096* ♦ 96 30 11/2 4000 129 384.00T-3648 ♦ 48 36 11/2 4000 71 246.00T-3660 ♦ 60 36 11/2 2500 90 292.00T-3672 ♦ 72 36 11/2 1800 107 328.00T-3696* ♦ 96 36 11/2 4000 144 428.00

Steel Top With Hard Board**THB-3060 60 30 11/2 2500 78 311.00THB-3072 72 30 11/2 1800 99 353.00THB-3672 72 36 11/2 1800 119 400.00

Hard Wood Top With StringerMT-3060 ♦ 60 30 13/4 3800 95 466.00MT-3072 ♦ 72 30 13/4 3600 113 554.00MT-3660 ♦ 60 36 13/4 3800 105 550.00MT-3672 ♦ 72 36 13/4 3600 130 646.00

Plastic Laminate Top With StringerPT-3060 ♦ 60 30 11/2 800 94 346.00PT-3072 ♦ 72 30 11/2 750 110 407.00PT-3660 ♦ 60 36 11/2 800 118 423.00PT-3672 ♦ 72 36 11/2 750 150 482.00

Compressed Wood Top With StringerCT-3060 ♦ 60 30 13/4 1900 123 363.00CT-3072 ♦ 72 30 13/4 1500 146 424.00CT-3660 ♦ 60 36 13/4 1900 137 414.00CT-3672 ♦ 72 36 13/4 1500 174 474.00

*Note: 96" tops require 3 legs.**Includes four mounting channels (enough to mount one workbench drawer or two modular cabinets.)

Workbenches: Tops with Stringer

14 LATERAL FILES

Lateral Files offer substantial space savings and more effi cient access to your most-used fi les. A standard, single “master” lock controls all drawers and doors, while drawers easily slide out on full progressive, lifetime warranted ball bearing suspensions. Files come standard with hanging folder rods for fi ling Pendafl ex folders (side-to-side). Order optional cross rods for front-to-back fi ling.

Lateral Files

2-Drawer

Cat. No.* Product Description W D H Wt. List Price


5-Drawer6-Drawer

4-Drawer3-Drawer

Two Drawer Lateral FileLPL3024L20 30" File 30 17 15/16 27 9/16 97 $660.00LPL3024L21 30" File 30 17 15/16 27 9/16 101 759.00LPL3624L20 ♦ 36" File 36 17 15/16 27 9/16 108 678.00LPL3624L21 36" File 36 17 15/16 27 9/16 112 776.00LPL4224L20 ♦ 42" File 42 17 15/16 27 9/16 120 723.00LPL4224L21 42" File 42 17 15/16 27 9/16 124 823.00

Three Drawer Lateral FileLPL3036L30 30" File 30 17 15/16 39 3/8 131 859.00LPL3036L31 30" File 30 17 15/16 39 3/8 136 1,011.00LPL3636L30 ♦ 36" File 36 17 15/16 39 3/8 145 886.00LPL3636L31 36" File 36 17 15/16 39 3/8 151 1,036.00LPL4236L30 42" File 42 17 15/16 39 3/8 160 945.00LPL4236L31 42" File 42 17 15/16 39 3/8 166 1,098.00

Four Drawer Lateral FileLPL3048L40 30" File 30 17 15/16 51 ¼ 167 1,055.00LPL3048L41 30" File 30 17 15/16 51 ¼ 174 1,253.00LPL3648L40 36" File 36 17 15/16 51 ¼ 184 1,087.00LPL3648L41 36" File 36 17 15/16 51 ¼ 192 1,282.00LPL4248L40 ♦ 42" File 42 17 15/16 51 ¼ 206 1,155.00LPL4248L41 42" File 42 17 15/16 51 ¼ 215 1,354.00

Five Drawer Lateral File (top drawer has a retractable door)LPL3060L50 30" File 30 17 15/16 65 205 1,328.00LPL3060L51 30" File 30 17 15/16 65 213 1,528.00LPL3660L50 ♦ 36" File 36 17 15/16 65 227 1,357.00LPL3660L51 ♦ 36" File 36 17 15/16 65 239 1,568.00LPL4260L50 ♦ 42" File 42 17 15/16 65 262 1,440.00LPL4260L51 ♦ 42" File 42 17 15/16 65 270 1,655.00

Six Drawer Lateral File (top two drawers have retractable doors)LPL3672L60 36" File, Combination Unit* 36 17 15/16 76 7/8 227 1,605.00LPL4272L60 42" File, Combination Unit* 42 17 15/16 76 7/8 293 1,680.00

* L_O Fixed Drawer Fronts; L_1 Retractable Doors; L50 Combination - four solid front doors on bottom openings/retractable door with roll-out drawer on top opening.** For posting shelf unit add a “P” suffi x (ex. LPL4260L51P) to the catalog number and add $85.00 to the list price. (Available on 5 drawer fi les only.)

For counter weights add a “W” suffi x (ex. LPL4224L20W)to the catalog number and add $55.00 on 2-Drawer 30" wide shelving, $65.00 on 2-Drawer 36" wide shelving, and $75.00 on 2-Drawer 42" wide shelving list prices.For counter weights add a “W” suffi x (ex. LPL4248L40W)to the catalog number and add $31.00 on 3, 4, 5-Drawer 30" wide shelving, $36.00 on 3, 4, 5-Drawer 36" wide shelving, and $41.00 on 3, 4, 5-Drawer 42" wide shelving list prices.

Posting Shelf**

Optional hideaway posting shelf provides a handy place to make notes or place materials.(Available on 5 drawer fi les only.)

Retractable DoorSpring assisted doors automatically retract with the slightest touch to keep aisles clear and provide complete access to your fi les.


QuickShip Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty

WORKBENCHES 43

Flared Leg

L-2830 ♦ 31/2 30 28 5000 14.5 $57.00L-2836 ♦ 31/2 36 28 5000 15.5 59.00L-3230 ♦ 31/2 30 32 5000 14.5 47.00L-3236 ♦ 31/2 36 32 5000 16 50.00


Panel Legs

LP-3230* ♦ 3 28 32 2000 48 $173.00

Adjustable Leg

AL-3230 ♦ 3 30 * 4000 17.8 $57.00AL-3236 ♦ 3 36 * 4000 19.3 61.00AL-4230 ♦ 3 30 ** 3000 18.8 66.00AL-4236 ♦ 3 36 ** 3000 20.3 70.00

* Height is adjustable from 277/8" to 353/8 " on 11/2 " centers. Priced as each.**Height is adjustable from 353/8” to 413/8 “ on 11/2 “ centers. Priced as each.

Load Capacity represents total per pair.

Priced as pairs.Load Capacity represents total per pair.*Requires WOP-72 (see page 45)

Priced as each.Load Capacity represents total per pair.

Modular Storage Cabinet

Modular Storage CabinetMS-1524 ♦ 15 24 32 1000 48 $276.00

Optional Second ShelfMBS-1524 15 23 3/4 100 5 37.00

Modular Drawer Cabinet

Modular Drawer CabinetMD-1524 ♦ 15 24 32 1000 77 $525.00MD3-1524 ♦ 15 24 32 1000 69 505.00

Extra Divider*WBDD-12 ♦ 123/8 - 41/4 .6 1.80

MD-1524 has 4 box drawers and MD3-1524 has 2 box drawers and 1 fi le drawer*Note: Divider is galvanized.



Workbench Accessories: Legs & Modular Storage Units






Tennsco Vertical Files are as attractive as they are dependable.

Choose from 2, 3, 4 and 5 drawer models in 28” depth in either letter or legal widths.


Superior Drawer SuspensionsDrawers operate quietly and effortlessly with the help of a three-member, telescoping, steel ball bearing suspension system which allows each drawer to be completely extended for total access. Standard inner lock keeps more than one drawer from open-ing at one time.

Neat, Easy FilingWith full height sides that are ready to accept hanging folders and a durable, metal follower block, there is no need for fi le frames that may be lost ormisplaced.


VERTICAL FILES 13

Vertical Files

2-Drawer 3-Drawer 4-Drawer 5-Drawer


Two Drawer Vertical FileV282-MF Letter Size, 2 Drawer 1415/16 28 2615/16 80 $514.00V282C-MF Legal Size, 2 Drawer 1715/16 28 2615/16 86 533.00

Three Drawer Vertical FileV283-MF Letter Size, 3 Drawer 1415/16 28 383/4 113 651.00V283C-MF Legal Size, 3 Drawer 1715/16 28 383/4 120 678.00

Four Drawer Vertical FileV284-MF Letter Size, 4 Drawer 1415/16 28 509/16 144 795.00V284C-MF Legal Size, 4 Drawer 1715/16 28 509/16 154 820.00

Five Drawer Vertical FileV285-MF Letter Size, 5 Drawer 1415/16 28 623/8 176 924.00V285C-MF Legal Size, 5 Drawer 1715/16 28 623/8 187 959.00

Vertical Files

44 WORKBENCHES

Workbench Accessories: Side & BackRail Kits, Shelves, Casters & Drawers



- Assembly required.Caster Kits

WBCK-3036* ♦ 2 Fixed, 2 Swivel 1000 16 $92.00WBCK-3036S** All Swivel 1000 16 95.00



Side & Back Rail Kit

SB-3048 ♦ 48 30 3 12.2 $46.00SB-3060 ♦ 60 30 3 14 49.00SB-3072 ♦ 72 30 3 15.7 53.00SB-3096 ♦ 96 30 3 18.9 70.00SB-3648 ♦ 48 36 3 13.9 50.00SB-3660 ♦ 60 36 3 15.2 52.00SB-3672 ♦ 72 36 3 17 56.00SB-3696 ♦ 96 36 3 19.9 72.00



Lower Shelf For Units With Open Bench Legs

Lower Shelf For Modular Units With 72"w Tops

Hanging Drawer

Full Depth Lower Shelf

SM-42 ♦ 42 14 11/2 250 14.4 $53.00

WBD-25 25 22 6 70 17 $140.00

FS-48 48 20 - 450 15.5 $100.00FS-60 60 20 - 450 19.5 109.00FS-72 72 20 - 350 23.0 125.00 FS-96 96 20 - 850 31.0 202.00

S-48 ♦ 48 14 - 450 15.5 $53.00S-60 ♦ 60 14 - 450 19.5 63.00S-72 ♦ 72 14 - 350 23 74.00S-96 ♦ 96 14 - 850 31 100.00

Stackable Drawer

Stackable DrawerWBD-1MG* ♦ 15 18 81/4 70 21 $83.00WBD-1LMG** ♦ 15 18 81/4 70 20 88.00WBD-1 15 18 81/4 70 18 142.00

Cam Lock (Field Installable)CL-1 ♦ - - - .1 5.20

Extra Drawer DividerWBDD-12 ♦ 123/8 - 41/4 .6 1.80

Shown with optional Cam Lock

Fits 30” & 36” Legs.

* Medium grey only.** Medium grey only with cam lock.





Literature Sorters, 30-Drawer Organizers & Card Files


Tennsco offers three great options to organize and access company materials, a wide variety of non-traditional sized media and various items you need to store and fi le. Various sizes allow you to fi nd a size that meets your needs, and all units are welded construction to assure you of outstanding value and years of use.


Literature Sorters



Extra Shelves4005 ♦ Letter Size Pack of 5 6.4 17.905005 ♦ Legal Size Pack of 5 8.1 21.00


30-Drawer Organizers

Cat. No. No. of W D H Wt. List Drawers Price

Card & Multimedia Storage

CF-558 ♦ 5 19 28 407/16 165 $1,164.00CF-646 ♦ 6 15 28 407/16 170 1,235.00CF-669 ♦ 6 21 28 523/8 214 1,388.00CF-758 ♦ 7 19 28 523/8 220 1,440.00CF-846 ♦ 8 15 28 523/8 216 1,522.00

CF-558 Stores up to 27,200 5 x 8 cards. 640 CDs (960 with center divider removed.) 420 DVDs in standard movie case. CF-646 Stores up to 32,600 3 x 5 or 4 x 6 cards. CF-669 Stores up to 32,600 6 x 9 cards. Ideal for DVDs with use of a second drawer divider. CF-758 Stores up to 38,100 5 x 8 cards. 588 DVDs in standard movie case. 896 CDs (1344 with center divider removed.) CF-846 Stores up to 43,400 3 x 5 or 4 x 6 cards.



Optional Dividers30AD ♦ Pack of 30 6.7 49.00



Optional dividers in drawer organizer are available in black only.

12 LITERATURE SORTERS, 30-DRAWER ORGANIZERS & CARD FILES

6 DrawerCF-669

8 DrawerCF-846

7 DrawerCF-758

6 DrawerCF-646

5 DrawerCF-558

WORKBENCHES 45


Workbench Riser With End Supports- Assembly required.


Electronic Riser With End Supports

Prewired Electronic Riser With End Supports



Electronic Outlet Panel For 72"Benches With Panel Legs

WOP-72 ♦ 715/8 3 43/8 17.4 $99.00



Electronic Outlet Panel For 72"Benches With Two Modular Units

WOP-42 ♦ 42 33/8 43/8 10.3 $45.00



Wiring Kit

WK-1 ♦ - - - 2.5 $107.00


- Assembly required. Shown with optional center tray.

Service Cart

16" Wide CartSC-1630 ♦ 30 16 32 36 $167.00

Optional Center Tray for 16" Wide CartST-16 ♦ 30 16 31/4 11 50.00

24" Wide CartSC-2436 ♦ 36 24 32 40 210.00

Optional Center Tray for 24" Wide CartST-24 ♦ 36 24 31/4 15.8 66.00

Note: Wiring kit sold separately.

Note: Wiring kit sold separately.Includes front and rear panels.

Includes center riser supports.Note: Wiring kit sold separately.

RE-1060 ♦ 60 101/2 12 450 27 $110.00RE-1072 ♦ 72 101/2 12 350 31 119.00RE-1560 ♦ 60 15 12 450 35 136.00RE-1572 ♦ 72 15 12 350 39 146.00RE-18-1560 ♦ 60 15 18 450 38 146.00RE-18-1572 ♦ 72 15 18 350 43 156.00RE-18-1596 ♦ 96 15 18 300 53 205.00

REI-1060-WK-1 60 101/2 12 450 30 $269.00REI-1072-WK-1 72 101/2 12 350 34 277.00REI-1560-WK-1 60 15 12 450 35 291.00REI-1572-WK-1 72 15 12 350 53 305.00REI-18-1560-WK-1 60 15 18 450 54 301.00REI-18-1572-WK-1 72 15 18 350 60 315.00REI-18-1596-WK-1 96 15 18 300 72 357.00

R-1048 ♦ 48 101/2 12 600 18.5 $77.00R-1060 ♦ 60 101/2 12 450 21 78.00R-1072 ♦ 72 101/2 12 350 24 87.00R-1096* ♦ 96 101/2 12 1000 32 136.00R-106018 60 101/2 18 450 24 93.00R-107218 72 101/2 18 350 27 102.00

Workbench Accessories: Risers, OutletPanels, Wiring Kit & Service Carts






Bookcases

BOOKCASES 11



Tennsco offers three styles of bookcases depending on your needs. Welded Bookcases – Cool, contemporary look. No exposed bolts offer a smoothfront case design.

Bookcases and Case Style Files – Ultimate in fl exibility and value. Shipped unassembled, they handle fi les, books—you name it!

Welded Executive Bookcases – Refi ned, polished look. Sliding tempered safety glass doors protect materials from dust, while a safety lock prevents unauthorized access.

Welded Bookcases

Executive Bookcases

Bookcases & Case Style Files

Smooth clean lines and adjustable shelves make this bookcase an offi ce favorite.

Growing business? These bookcases expand by simply removing an end panel and attaching another unit.

Sleek radius edges and lockable glass doors offer good looks and security.

Optional adjustable book stops support materials when shelves are partially fi lled.

* Mobile units available. Call factory for pricing.

Bookcases come standard with one adjustable divider per shelf.




13 1/2" Welded BookcasesB-30 ♦ 2 34½ 13½ 28 40 $155.00B-42 ♦ 3 34½ 13½ 40 57 189.00B-53 ♦ 4 34½ 13½ 52 70 239.00B-66 ♦ 5 34½ 13½ 66 90 284.00B-78 ♦ 6 34½ 13½ 78 105 322.00BC30-29 2 30 13½ 29 33 174.00 BC30-42 3 30 13½ 42 45 208.00 BC30-48 4 30 13½ 48 47 241.00

18" Deep Welded Bookcases* BC18-30 2 36 18 30 47 244.00BC18-42 3 36 18 43 66 290.00BC18-52 4 36 18 55 80 331.00BC18-72 5 36 18 72 107 401.00BC18-84 6 36 18 84 122 461.00

Extra ShelfB-345 (for 13 1/2" deep bookcases) 343/8 13½ 3/4 7.6 22.00BCS-18 (for 18" deep bookcases) 36 165/16 25/32 8.3 21.00

Book SupportsBSN6 41/2 1¾ 6 .6 5.90BSN9 41/2 1¾ 9 1.1 7.20

KD Bookcases- 12" DeepB-3000 ♦ 2 Starter Unit 38 12 30 57 245.00B-3001 2 Add-on Unit 38 12 30 45 226.00B-4200 ♦ 3 Starter Unit 38 12 42 79 272.00B-4201 3 Add-on Unit 38 12 42 68 255.00B-6000 ♦ 5 Starter Unit 38 12 60 119 393.00B-6001 5 Add-on Unit 38 12 60 103 359.00B-8400 ♦ 7 Starter Unit 38 12 84 160 $505.00B-8401 ♦ 7 Add-on Unit 38 12 84 138 458.00

Extra ShelfB-12 ♦ 36 12 7/8 7.9 31.00

Shelf DividerB-1 ♦ 10 7 1.2 3.20

Executive Bookcases 30" High

330GL ♦ With glass doors and lock 36 15 30 78 $513.00330 ♦ Without glass doors 36 15 30 60 336.00



Extra ShelvesGBS-36 ♦ 9.9 24.00


Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand

QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey*, Champagne/Putty and Sand* Not available for Executive Bookcases or 18" Welded Bookcases.

Please Note

46 STUR-D-BENCH

Stur-D-BenchStur-D-Bench Workbenches keep tools and supplies within easy reach for added convenience and productivity. Assemble easily with unique interlocking keyhole slot design.

Please NoteStandard Color: Accent Blue

QuickShip Color: Accent Blue



Stur-D-Bench with Half-Width Drawer*

ZWB-6024-HD ♦ 60 24 66 166 $488.00ZWB-6030-HD ♦ 60 30 66 179 505.00

Additional DrawersZHD24 30 24 23/4 33 176.00ZHD30 30 30 23/4 35 181.00



Stur-D-Bench with Full-Width Drawer*

ZWB-6024-FD ♦ 60 24 66 188 $470.00ZWB-6030-FD ♦ 60 30 66 205 490.00

Additional DrawersZFD24 60 24 23/4 53 203.00ZFD30 60 30 23/4 54 207.00

* Note: Includes particle board top, lower shelf and riser with 60"W x 24"H rear pegboard included for hanging tools and accessories. Drawers are mounted on fully progressive steel ball-bearing suspensions, with load capacity of 150 lbs. per drawer.


National Motor Freight classifi cation: Set Up Class 85

Open Style CabinetsPlease NoteStandard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand


Wardrobe Cabinet

Counter HeightCabinet

Storage Cabinet

Combination Cabinet

10 OPEN STYLE CABINETS


Open Style Storage CabinetsOS7218 5 36 18 72 107 $356.00OS7224 5 36 24 72 124 412.00JO1878SU 5 48 18 78 167 545.00JO2478SU 5 48 24 78 197 595.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 3/4 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 3/4 10.5 31.00306 ♦ 48 18 15/16 10.6 36.00307 ♦ 48 24 15/16 14.0 41.00

Open Style Wardrobe CabinetsOS7114 2 36 18 72 82 326.00OS7124 2 36 24 72 119 364.00JO1878SUW 2 48 18 78 155 527.00JO2478SUW 2 48 24 78 181 569.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 3/4 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 3/4 10.5 31.00306 ♦ 48 18 15/16 10.6 36.00307 ♦ 48 24 15/16 14.0 41.00

Open Style Combination CabinetsOS7214 7 36 18 72 107 386.00OS7220 7 36 24 72 124 437.00JO1878SUC 7 48 18 78 167 584.00JO2478SUC 7 48 24 78 197 645.00

Extra Shelves304 ♦ 18 18 3/4 4.0 14.30305 ♦ 18 24 3/4 5.8 17.00JPS18 24 18 15/16 3.9 24.00JPS24 24 24 15/16 5.2 28.00

Open Style Counter Height CabinetsOS4218 3 36 18 42 66 251.00OS4224 3 36 24 42 85 294.00JO1842SU 3 48 18 42 108 391.00JO2442SU 3 48 24 42 118 416.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 3/4 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 3/4 10.5 31.00306 ♦ 48 18 15/16 10.6 36.00307 ♦ 48 24 15/16 14.0 41.00

Caster KitsCK18 36 18 6 11/16 21 103.00CK24 36 24 6 11/16 23 107.00CK4824 48 24 6 11/16 24 123.00

TECHNICAL WORKSTATIONS 47

• Open style allows for storage in tight spaces where opening doors is a problem.• Clear visibility and fast access to products.• Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts.• Shelves adjust vertically in 2” increments to accommodate for a variety of items.• Raised base keeps materials safe from mops and damaging cleaners.

Technical Workstations are easily confi gured to meet any technical application. Heavy duty work surfaces and optional static-control surfaces are designed to handle the toughest assignments. Power Rails provide convenient desktop access to power receptacles. The optional Instrument Shelf is designed to provide more work space while complementing the design and function of the Technical Workstation.Additional Hanging Drawer Units allow for convenient storage of small items.



Technical Workstations with Power Rail & Fixed Legs

Standard Work Surface with Power RailTW-603030-NE ♦ 60 30 30 124 $959.00TW-603034-NE ♦ 60 30 34 127 966.00TW-603630-NE ♦ 60 36 30 130 1,054.00TW-603634-NE ♦ 60 36 34 134 1,061.00TW-723030-NE ♦ 72 30 30 137 1,029.00TW-723034-NE ♦ 72 30 34 140 1,036.00TW-723630-NE ♦ 72 36 30 157 1,130.00TW-723634-NE ♦ 72 36 34 161 1,137.00

Static Control Work Surface with Power RailTW-603030-SE ♦ 60 30 30 124 1,202.00TW-603034-SE ♦ 60 30 34 127 1,209.00TW-603630-SE ♦ 60 36 30 130 1,226.00TW-603634-SE ♦ 60 36 34 134 1,233.00TW-723030-SE ♦ 72 30 30 137 1,263.00TW-723034-SE ♦ 72 30 34 140 1,270.00TW-723630-SE ♦ 72 36 30 157 1,363.00TW-723634-SE ♦ 72 36 34 161 1,370.00



Instrument Shelf

Standard Work SurfaceTWI-60-N ♦ 60 15 18 61 $454.00TWI-72-N ♦ 72 15 18 69 517.00

Static Control Work SurfaceTWI-60-S ♦ 60 15 18 61 562.00TWI-72-S ♦ 72 15 18 69 620.00

Standard Work Surface with Power RailTWI-60-NE ♦ 60 15 18 64 644.00TWI-72-NE ♦ 72 15 18 74 716.00

Static Control Work Surface with Power RailTWI-60-SE ♦ 60 15 18 64 752.00TWI-72-SE ♦ 72 15 18 74 819.00

Please NoteStandard Colors: Sand, Accent Blue


Shown with optional instrument shelf.





Hanging Drawer Units

Fits 30" Deep Technical WorkstationPED-10-30 15 24 9 39 $362.00PED-20-30 ♦ 15 24 203/4 66 526.00PED-30-30 ♦ 15 24 203/4 76 614.00

Fits 36" Deep Technical WorkstationPED-10-36 15 24 9 39 366.00PED-20-36 ♦ 15 24 203/4 66 530.00PED-30-36 ♦ 15 24 203/4 76 618.00

PED-10-XX(1 Drawer)

PED-20-XX(2 Drawer)

PED-30-XX(3 Drawer)


Cat. No. Bin Rails W D H Wt. List Price Included







Cabinet with Solid Doors7818BC 8 36 18 78 216 $885.00 7824BC 8 36 24 78 240 917.00

Additional Bin RailsCBR-36 - 36 1/2 11/2 2.0 10.00

JAN6618DH 4 36 18 64 99 $475.00

Standard Cabinets with Perforated Doors7218-PD 5 36 18 72 125 $461.00 7224-PD 5 36 24 72 142 530.00

Jumbo Cabinets with Perforated DoorsJ1878SU-PD 5 48 18 78 201 817.00J2478SU-PD 5 48 24 78 231 874.00

Military Cabinet With Standard HandleTA-50 2 42 24 78 290 $1,128.00

Military Cabinet With Heavy-Duty HandleTA-50HH 2 42 24 78 295 1,257.00

Extra ShelvesTA-50ES 42 24 20 88.00

Single Door Cabinet1824 2 19 24 30 53 $299.00

Extra Shelves309 19 24 3/4 5.9 23.00

42"H Cabinet with 16 Charging Stations4224-CMP 17 36 24 42 97 $988.00 4224-CMPM (mobile) 17 36 24 483/4 118 1,082.00

72"H Cabinet with 32 Charging Stations7224-CMP 33 36 24 72 282 1,852.00 7224-CMPM (mobile) 33 36 24 783/4 303 1,946.00

Specialty Cabinets

SPECIALTY CABINETS 9

78" High Storage Cabinet with Bin Boxes

72" High Perforated Storage Cabinet

MilitaryCabinet

72" High Laptop Charging Station

JanitorialCabinet

Single DoorCabinet

Welded 78" High Storage Cabinet with Bin Boxes

Welded 64" High Janitorial Cabinet

Welded Cabinet with Perforated Doors

Welded Military Cabinet

Welded Single Door Cabinet

Welded Laptop Charging Stations

48 STEEL LOCKERS

Steel Lockers: Single Tier


With LegsSTS-121260-1 52 $338.00 STK-121260-1 ♦ 51 $291.00 1 12 12 60 12 12 66 STK-121260-3 ♦ 130 665.00 3 12 12 60 36 12 66STS-121560-1 55 351.00 STK-121560-1 ♦ 54 307.00 1 12 15 60 12 15 66STS-121560-3 140 803.00 STK-121560-3 ♦ 137 701.00 3 12 15 60 36 15 66STS-121860-1 59 363.00 STK-121860-1 ♦ 58 316.00 1 12 18 60 12 18 66STS-121860-3 150 861.00 STK-121860-3 ♦ 147 738.00 3 12 18 60 36 18 66STS-151560-1 55 351.00 1 15 15 60 15 15 66STS-151560-3 140 803.00 3 15 15 60 45 15 66STS-151860-1 60 378.00 1 15 18 60 15 18 66STS-151860-3 150 910.00 3 15 18 60 45 18 66STS-121272-1 61 359.00 STK-121272-1 ♦ 60 287.00 1 12 12 72 12 12 78STS-121272-3 156 831.00 STK-121272-3 ♦ 153 701.00 3 12 12 72 36 12 78STS-121572-1 ♦ 65 373.00 STK-121572-1 ♦ 63 297.00 1 12 15 72 12 15 78STS-121572-3 ♦ 164 844.00 STK-121572-3 ♦ 161 726.00 3 12 15 72 36 15 78STS-121872-1 ♦ 69 384.00 STK-121872-1 ♦ 68 311.00 1 12 18 72 12 18 78STS-121872-3 ♦ 173 879.00 STK-121872-3 ♦ 170 746.00 3 12 18 72 36 18 78STS-151572-1 ♦ 70 409.00 STK-151572-1 69 329.00 1 15 15 72 15 15 78 STS-151572-3 ♦ 179 974.00 STK-151572-3 176 823.00 3 15 15 72 45 15 78 STS-151872-1 ♦ 76 414.00 STK-151872-1 ♦ 74 329.00 1 15 18 72 15 18 78STS-151872-3 ♦ 196 970.00 STK-151872-3 ♦ 192 823.00 3 15 18 72 45 18 78STS-182172-1 92 488.00 STK-182172-1 90 461.00 1 18 21 72 18 21 78STS-182172-2 161 909.00 2 18 21 72 36 21 78 STK-182172-3 277 971.00 3 18 21 72 54 21 78STS-242472-1 113 574.00 1 24 24 72 24 24 78

Without LegsSTS-121260-A 50 325.00 STK-121260-A 49 294.00 1 12 12 60 12 12 60 STK-121260-C 125 654.00 3 12 12 60 36 12 60STS-121560-A 53 338.00 STK-121560-A 52 303.00 1 12 15 60 12 15 60STS-121560-C 135 779.00 STK-121560-C 133 699.00 3 12 15 60 36 15 60STS-121860-A 57 350.00 STK-121860-A 56 314.00 1 12 18 60 12 18 60STS-121860-C 145 832.00 STK-121860-C 142 732.00 3 12 18 60 36 18 60STS-151560-A 53 354.00 STK-151560-A 52 316.00 1 15 15 60 15 15 60STS-151560-C 135 821.00 3 15 15 60 45 15 60STS-151860-A 55 367.00 STK-151860-A 54 324.00 1 15 18 60 15 18 60STS-151860-C 145 881.00 STK-151860-C 142 761.00 3 15 18 60 45 18 60STS-121272-A 59 344.00 STK-121272-A 58 284.00 1 12 12 72 12 12 72STS-121272-C 147 802.00 STK-121272-C 145 691.00 3 12 12 72 36 12 72STS-121572-A 64 358.00 STK-121572-A 62 294.00 1 12 15 72 12 15 72STS-121572-C 159 823.00 STK-121572-C 156 717.00 3 12 15 72 36 15 72STS-121872-A ♦ 68 367.00 STK-121872-A 66 304.00 1 12 18 72 12 18 72STS-121872-C ♦ 169 846.00 STK-121872-C 166 736.00 3 12 18 72 36 18 72STS-151572-A 73 398.00 1 15 15 72 15 15 72STS-151572-C 182 961.00 3 15 15 72 45 15 72STS-151872-A 76 398.00 STK-151872-A 75 326.00 1 15 18 72 15 18 72STS-151872-C 191 949.00 STK-151872-C 187 822.00 3 15 18 72 45 18 72STS-182172-A 86 475.00 STK-182172-A 84 454.00 1 18 21 72 18 21 72STS-182172-B 151 834.00 2 18 21 72 36 21 72 STK-182172-C 272 963.00 3 18 21 72 54 21 72STS-242472-A 107 542.00 1 24 24 72 24 24 72


Single Tier lockers are roomy enough for just about any secured storage application. Tennsco’s Single Tier lockers are the most popular general purpose locker in factories, schools, hospitals, and other locations where coats and clothing are stored.



* Lateral drawers ship standard with fi le rods for side-to-side fi ling applications.

For front-to-back fi ling, drawers will accommodate two rows of letter-sized fi les only. This requires one pair of 15CRs (see pg. 15) per drawer sold separately.


Specialty CabinetsPlease NoteStandard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Puttyand Sand



Bookcase/Storage CabinetBCD18-72

Storage Cabinet w/ Lateral Drawer

DWR-6618

Storage Cabinet w/ Lateral DrawerDWR-4218



Welded Combination Bookcase/Storage CabinetBCD18-72 ♦ 5 36 18 72 122 $471.00

Welded Storage Cabinets with Lateral Drawer(s)DWR-4218* ♦ 2 36 18 42 94 542.00DWR-6618* ♦ 4 36 18 66 135 649.00DWR-7218-2 3 36 18 72 150 1,015.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 3/4 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 3/4 10.5 31.00

Caster Kit is not available for DWR units.




Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 3/4 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 3/4 10.5 31.00


Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 3/4 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 3/4 10.5 31.00

Welded Combination Cabinet6620DH 6 36 24 66 135 568.00

Extra Shelves304 ♦ 18 18 3/4 4.0 14.30305 ♦ 18 24 3/4 5.8 17.00

8 STORAGE CABINETS

Caster KitAdd mobilityto cabinets. Perfect for areas where materials need to be secured yet accessible at different locations. Adds 6 11/16" to cabinet height(Page 4).

STEEL LOCKERS 49

Steel Lockers: Double TierDouble Tiered lockers feature two openings per locker, giving you twice as many lockers in the same space, yet providing plenty of hanging room for shirts and jackets. Perfect for the gym or health club.




With LegsDTS-121230-1 54 $369.00 DTK-121230-1 53 $317.00 2 12 12 30 12 12 66DTS-121230-3 134 907.00 DTK-121230-3 132 746.00 6 12 12 30 36 12 66DTS-121530-1 59 380.00 DTK-121530-1 58 328.00 2 12 15 30 12 15 66DTS-121530-3 148 928.00 DTK-121530-3 145 768.00 6 12 15 30 36 15 66DTS-121830-1 64 388.00 DTK-121830-1 63 330.00 2 12 18 30 12 18 66DTS-121830-3 160 952.00 DTK-121830-3 157 825.00 6 12 18 30 36 18 66DTS-151530-1 64 410.00 DTK-151530-1 63 345.00 2 15 15 30 15 15 66DTS-151530-3 160 1,011.00 DTK-151530-3 157 857.00 6 15 15 30 45 15 66DTS-151830-1 69 414.00 DTK-151830-1 68 345.00 2 15 18 30 15 18 66DTS-151830-3 173 1,035.00 DTK-151830-3 169 873.00 6 15 18 30 45 18 66DTS-121236-1 ♦ 63 388.00 DTK-121236-1 ♦ 61 312.00 2 12 12 36 12 12 78DTS-121236-3 ♦ 156 910.00 DTK-121236-3 ♦ 153 777.00 6 12 12 36 36 12 78DTS-121536-1 ♦ 66 401.00 DTK-121536-1 ♦ 65 322.00 2 12 15 36 12 15 78DTS-121536-3 ♦ 164 935.00 DTK-121536-3 ♦ 161 805.00 6 12 15 36 36 15 78DTS-121836-1 ♦ 70 407.00 DTK-121836-1 ♦ 69 335.00 2 12 18 36 12 18 78DTS-121836-3 ♦ 175 955.00 DTK-121836-3 ♦ 172 821.00 6 12 18 36 36 18 78DTS-151536-1 75 430.00 DTK-151536-1 74 343.00 2 15 15 36 15 15 78DTS-151536-3 187 1,058.00 DTK-151536-3 184 897.00 6 15 15 36 45 15 78DTS-151836-1 ♦ 77 439.00 DTK-151836-1 ♦ 75 353.00 2 15 18 36 15 18 78DTS-151836-3 ♦ 196 1,074.00 DTK-151836-3 ♦ 193 874.00 6 15 18 36 45 18 78

Without LegsDTS-121230-A 48 355.00 DTK-121230-A 47 312.00 2 12 12 30 12 12 60DTS-121230-C 120 854.00 DTK-121230-C 118 742.00 6 12 12 30 36 12 60DTS-121530-A 52 367.00 DTK-121530-A 51 324.00 2 12 15 30 12 15 60DTS-121530-C 130 892.00 DTK-121530-C 128 761.00 6 12 15 30 36 15 60DTS-121830-A 57 374.00 DTK-121830-A 56 329.00 2 12 18 30 12 18 60DTS-121830-C 145 934.00 DTK-121830-C 142 819.00 6 12 18 30 36 18 60DTS-151530-A 62 394.00 DTK-151530-A 61 325.00 2 15 15 30 15 15 60DTS-151530-C 155 969.00 DTK-151530-C 152 843.00 6 15 15 30 45 15 60DTS-151830-A 67 401.00 DTK-151830-A 66 344.00 2 15 18 30 15 18 60DTS-151830-C 167 1,008.00 DTK-151830-C 164 826.00 6 15 18 30 45 18 60DTS-121236-A 60 372.00 DTK-121236-A 59 308.00 2 12 12 36 12 12 72DTS-121236-C ♦ 153 908.00 DTK-121236-C 150 764.00 6 12 12 36 36 12 72DTS-121536-A 63 385.00 DTK-121536-A 62 320.00 2 12 15 36 12 15 72DTS-121536-C ♦ 160 918.00 DTK-121536-C 158 797.00 6 12 15 36 36 15 72DTS-121836-A ♦ 68 388.00 DTK-121836-A 66 333.00 2 12 18 36 12 18 72DTS-121836-C ♦ 171 924.00 DTK-121836-C 168 814.00 6 12 18 36 36 18 72DTS-151536-A 73 417.00 DTK-151536-A 72 338.00 2 15 15 36 15 15 72DTS-151536-C 183 1,033.00 DTK-151536-C 180 849.00 6 15 15 36 45 15 72DTS-151836-A 77 430.00 DTK-151836-A 76 350.00 2 15 18 36 15 18 72DTS-151836-C 193 1,041.00 DTK-151836-C 189 885.00 6 15 18 36 45 18 72



C-Thru Storage Cabinets• Clear acrylic door panels offer visibility to stored contents.• Three point locking mechanism for maximum security.• Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts.• Raised base keeps materials out of harm’s way.

Counter Height CabinetCombination Cabinet Wardrobe Cabinet

Cat. No. Grade No. of Openings W D H Type* Wt. List Price

Storage CabinetsCVD1470 Standard 5 36 18 72 KD 113 $501.00CVD1480 Standard 5 36 24 72 KD 136 571.00CVD7218 Standard 5 36 18 72 WSU 136 546.00CVD7224 Standard 5 36 24 72 WSU 153 615.00CVD1870 Deluxe 5 36 18 78 KD 154 624.00CVD2470 Deluxe 5 36 24 78 KD 183 674.00CVD7818 Deluxe 5 36 18 78 WSU 162 701.00CVD7824 Deluxe 5 36 24 78 WSU 194 756.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 ¾ 10.5 31.00

Wardrobe CabinetsCVD1471 Standard 2 36 18 72 KD 99 463.00CVD7114 Standard 2 36 18 72 WSU 111 521.00CVD1871 Deluxe 2 36 18 78 KD 140 569.00CVD2471 Deluxe 2 36 24 78 KD 155 606.00CVD7818W Deluxe 2 36 18 78 WSU 140 655.00CVD7824W Deluxe 2 36 24 78 WSU 164 696.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 ¾ 10.5 31.00

Combination CabinetsCVD1472 Standard 7 36 18 72 KD 112 520.00CVD7214 Standard 7 36 18 72 WSU 132 575.00CVD7220 Standard 7 36 24 72 WSU 155 671.00CVD1872 Deluxe 7 36 18 78 KD 152 641.00CVD2472 Deluxe 7 36 24 78 KD 181 693.00CVD7814 Deluxe 7 36 18 78 WSU 160 732.00CVD7820 Deluxe 7 36 24 78 WSU 192 799.00

Extra Shelves304 ♦ 18 18 ¾ 4 14.30305 ♦ 18 24 ¾ 5.8 17.00

Counter Height CabinetsCVD1442 Standard 3 36 18 42 KD 69 352.00CVD4218 Standard 3 36 24 42 WSU 82 411.00CVD1842‡ Deluxe 3 36 18 42 KD 90 431.00CVD2442‡ Deluxe 3 36 24 42 KD 103 460.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 ¾ 10.5 31.00

Storage Cabinet

* “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “WSU” indicates welded, set-up unit.





STORAGE CABINETS 750 STEEL LOCKERS

Steel Lockers: Box LockersBox Lockers are ideal for securely storing smaller items like purses, lunches, books and athletic gear. The effi cient fi ve and six tier confi gurations give schools, clubs, and hospitals the necessary storage capabilities without taking up valuable fl oor space.




5 Tier High With LegsBS5-121212-1 52 $359.00 BK5-121212-1 51 $288.00 5 12 12 12 12 12 66BS5-121212-3 131 709.00 BK5-121212-3 129 675.00 15 12 12 12 36 12 66BS5-121512-1 ♦ 56 378.00 BK5-121512-1 ♦ 55 302.00 5 12 15 12 12 15 66BS5-121512-3 ♦ 141 792.00 BK5-121512-3 ♦ 138 704.00 15 12 15 12 36 15 66BS5-121812-1 ♦ 61 390.00 BK5-121812-1 ♦ 60 308.00 5 12 18 12 12 18 66BS5-121812-3 ♦ 152 830.00 BK5-121812-3 ♦ 149 728.00 15 12 18 12 36 18 66BS5-151512-1 64 423.00 BK5-151512-1 63 341.00 5 15 15 12 15 15 66BS5-151512-3 161 926.00 BK5-151512-3 159 821.00 15 15 15 12 45 15 66BS5-151812-1 67 437.00 BK5-151812-1 65 344.00 5 15 18 12 15 18 66BS5-151812-3 167 975.00 BK5-151812-3 164 844.00 15 15 18 12 45 18 66

5 Tier High Without LegsBS5-121212-A 50 351.00 BK5-121212-A 49 281.00 5 12 12 12 12 12 60BS5-121212-C 126 723.00 BK5-121212-C 124 673.00 15 12 12 12 36 12 60BS5-121512-A 54 367.00 BK5-121512-A 53 295.00 5 12 15 12 12 15 60BS5-121512-C 136 741.00 BK5-121512-C 134 696.00 15 12 15 12 36 15 60BS5-121812-A 59 371.00 BK5-121812-A 58 305.00 5 12 18 12 12 18 60BS5-121812-C 147 792.00 BK5-121812-C 144 719.00 15 12 18 12 36 18 60BS5-151512-A 62 444.00 BK5-151512-A 61 337.00 5 15 15 12 15 15 60BS5-151512-C 156 913.00 BK5-151512-C 154 811.00 15 15 15 12 45 15 60BS5-151812-A 65 429.00 BK5-151812-A 63 339.00 5 15 18 12 15 18 60BS5-151812-C 162 947.00 BK5-151812-C 159 832.00 15 15 18 12 45 18 60

6 Tier High With LegsBS6-121212-1 ♦ 61 396.00 BK6-121212-1 ♦ 60 307.00 6 12 12 12 12 12 78BS6-121212-3 ♦ 154 922.00 BK6-121212-3 ♦ 151 764.00 18 12 12 12 36 12 78BS6-121512-1 ♦ 66 415.00 BK6-121512-1 ♦ 65 321.00 6 12 15 12 12 15 78BS6-121512-3 ♦ 167 1,010.00 BK6-121512-3 ♦ 164 796.00 18 12 15 12 36 15 78BS6-121812-1 ♦ 71 425.00 BK6-121812-1 ♦ 70 338.00 6 12 18 12 12 18 78BS6-121812-3 ♦ 180 1,071.00 BK6-121812-3 ♦ 177 825.00 18 12 18 12 36 18 78BS6-151512-1 76 466.00 BK6-151512-1 75 361.00 6 15 15 12 15 15 78BS6-151512-3 190 1,174.00 BK6-151512-3 187 931.00 18 15 15 12 45 15 78BS6-151812-1 79 481.00 BK6-151812-1 78 375.00 6 15 18 12 15 18 78BS6-151812-3 198 1,207.00 BK6-151812-3 194 952.00 18 15 18 12 45 18 78

6 Tier High Without LegsBS6-121212-A ♦ 59 385.00 BK6-121212-A 58 301.00 6 12 12 12 12 12 72BS6-121212-C ♦ 149 874.00 BK6-121212-C 146 756.00 18 12 12 12 36 12 72BS6-121512-A 64 403.00 BK6-121512-A 63 316.00 6 12 15 12 12 15 72BS6-121512-C 161 975.00 BK6-121512-C 158 785.00 18 12 15 12 36 15 72BS6-121812-A ♦ 69 399.00 BK6-121812-A 67 332.00 6 12 18 12 12 18 72BS6-121812-C ♦ 175 1,053.00 BK6-121812-C 172 815.00 18 12 18 12 36 18 72BS6-151512-A 74 466.00 BK6-151512-A 73 360.00 6 15 15 12 15 15 72BS6-151512-C 185 1,143.00 BK6-151512-C 182 920.00 18 15 15 12 45 15 72BS6-151812-A 79 478.00 BK6-151812-A 78 371.00 6 15 18 12 15 18 72BS6-151812-C 198 1,181.00 BK6-151812-C 194 941.00 18 15 18 12 45 18 72


6 STORAGE CABINETS

Jumbo Storage Cabinets

* “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “SU” indicates preassembled unit.


Cat. No. Openings W D H Type* Wt. List Price


QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty, Sand

Wardrobe Cabinet

Combination Cabinet

Storage Cabinet

Jumbo Storage CabinetsJ1842A 3 48 18 42 KD 113 $480.00 J1878A-N ♦ 5 48 18 78 KD 180 635.00J2478A-N ♦ 5 48 24 78 KD 208 687.00J1830SU 2 48 18 30 SU 103 507.00J1842SU ♦ 3 48 18 42 SU 121 569.00J1878SU ♦ 5 48 18 78 SU 203 796.00J2478SU ♦ 5 48 24 78 SU 233 853.00

Jumbo Storage Cabinets with Sliding DoorJSD1878SU ♦ 5 48 211/4 78 SU 228 $1,058.00JSD2478SU ♦ 5 48 271/4 78 SU 258 $1,175.00

Extra Shelves306 ♦ 48 18 15/16 10.6 36.00307 ♦ 48 24 15/16 14 41.00

Jumbo Wardrobe CabinetsJ1878A-N-W ♦ 2 48 18 78 KD 173 563.00J2478A-N-W ♦ 2 48 24 78 KD 199 741.00J1878SUW ♦ 2 48 18 78 SU 191 761.00J2478SUW ♦ 2 48 24 78 SU 217 782.00

Extra Shelves306 ♦ 48 18 15/16 10.6 36.00307 ♦ 48 24 15/16 14 41.00

Jumbo Combination CabinetsJ1878C-N 7 48 18 78 KD 193 626.00J2478C-N 7 48 24 78 KD 213 692.00

Extra ShelvesJPS18 ♦ 24 18 15/16 3.9 24.00JPS24 ♦ 24 24 15/16 5.2 28.00

Caster Kit for 24" Deep Jumbo CabinetsCK-4824 ♦ 48 24 611/16 24 123.00

Pad Lock HaspHSP 1.0 6.30

Storage Cabinet with Sliding Door

Sliding Door adds 3 ½" to cabinet depth.



STEEL LOCKERS 51

• 48” wide cabinet provides 33% more storage space.• Industrial box formed shelves have a 400 lb. load capacity.• Integrated levelers compensate for uneven fl oors.• Three point door locking mechanism for maximum security.• Reinforced doors provide strength and durability.• Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts.• Heavy duty leaf hinges assure doors stay aligned.

Box Lockers are ideal for securely storing smaller items like purses, lunches, books and athletic gear. The effi cient fi ve and six tier confi gurations give schools, clubs, and hospitals the necessary storage capabilities without taking up valuable fl oor space.



Assembled/Unassembled Cat. No. Openings Opening Overall Unit Wt. List Price W D H W D H

3, 4, 15 & 16-Person Box Lockers

* Center section and coat rod to be attached in fi eld.

3-Person Wall Mounted Box LockersAssembled* BS1-121812-3 ♦ 3 12 18 12 36 18 12 43 $398.00

4-Person Wall Mounted Box LockersAssembled* BS1-121812-4 ♦ 4 12 18 12 48 18 12 55 425.00

15-Person Box Lockers With LegsAssembled* SRS-601878-1 ♦ 15 12 18 12 60 18 78 182 1,200.00

16-Person Box Lockers With LegsAssembled* SRS-721878-1 ♦ 16 12 18 12 72 18 78 190 1,252.00Unassembled SRK-721878-1 ♦ 16 12 18 12 72 18 78 187 938.00

16-Person Box Lockers Without LegsAssembled* SRS-721872-A ♦ 16 12 18 12 72 18 72 184 1,238.00Unassembled SRK-721872-A 16 12 18 12 72 18 72 181 944.00


Steel Lockers: 16-Person, 15-Person & Wall Mounted Lockers



16-Person Locker With Legs

Caster KitAdd mobility to cabinets. Perfect for areas where materials need to be secured yet accessible at different locations. Adds 6 11/16" to cabinet height.

Recessed HandleOptional recessed handle for Standard Storage Cabinets offers easy access without obstructions protruding into narrow aisle ways.

Standard Storage Cabinets• Reinforced doors provide strength & durability.• Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts.• Heavy duty leaf hinges assure doors stay aligned.• Raised base keeps materials out of harm’s way.• Three point locking mechanism for maximum security.• Meets ANSI BIFMA test standards.• Full-width shelf capacity-18” holds 150 lbs. and 24” holds 200 lbs. evenly distributed.

Storage Cabinet

Counter Height Cabinet

Wardrobe Cabinet Combination Cabinet

* “RH” suffi x indicates recessed handle.

** “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “WSU” indicates welded, set-up unit; “SU” indicates preassembled unit.

‡ Countertop extends ½" past front of unit.


Desk Height Cabinet

Standard HandlePolished chrome handle with lock activates the cabinet’s three-point locking system.

STORAGE CABINETS 5

Cat. No.* Openings W D H Type** Wt. List Price





Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 ¾ 10.5 31.00

Wardrobe Cabinets1471 ♦ 2 36 18 72 KD 100 358.007114 ♦ 2 36 18 72 WSU 107 416.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00

Combination Cabinets1472 ♦ 7 36 18 72 KD 123 416.001482 7 36 24 72 KD 149 466.007214 ♦ 7 36 18 72 WSU 125 470.007220 ♦ 7 36 24 72 WSU 143 566.00

Extra Shelves304 ♦ 18 18 ¾ 4 14.30305 ♦ 18 24 ¾ 5.8 17.00

Counter Height Cabinets1442‡ ♦ 3 36 18 42 KD 74 272.004218 ♦ 3 36 18 42 WSU 79 331.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00

Desk Height Cabinets1430‡ ♦ 2 36 18 30 KD 51 230.003018‡ ♦ 2 36 18 30 WSU 58 297.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00


52 STEEL LOCKERS

Steel Lockers: Ventilated Steel LockersVentilated Steel Lockers feature three-sided locker ventilation, which offers continuousairfl ow to help prevent odor causing bacteria. The specially designed diamond-shaped ventilation slots allow clear visibility to locker interior making it easy to identify contents. Ventilated Lockers also offer all welded construction, smooth operating latching mechanism and are available with and without legs.

Ventilated Steel Lockers- No assembly required.



National Motor Freight classifi cation: Class 100Locker Accessories are located on page 54.

Single Tier Ventilated Lockers With LegsVSL-121872-1 ♦ 12 18 78 88 $496.00VSL-121872-3 ♦ 36 18 78 219 1,156.00VSL-151872-1 15 18 78 93 526.00VSL-151872-3 45 18 78 233 1,265.00VSL-181872-1 18 18 78 98 602.00VSL-181872-2 36 18 78 245 1,073.00

Single Tier Ventilated Lockers Without LegsVSL-121872-A 12 18 72 86 485.00VSL-121872-C 36 18 72 214 1,131.00VSL-151872-A 15 18 72 91 515.00VSL-151872-C 45 18 72 228 1,240.00VSL-181872-A 18 18 72 96 596.00VSL-181872-B 36 18 72 241 1,067.00

Double Tier Ventilated Lockers With LegsVDL-121836-1 ♦ 12 18 78 88 524.00VDL-121836-3 ♦ 36 18 78 223 1,256.00VDL-151836-1 15 18 78 93 594.00VDL-151836-3 45 18 78 233 1,406.00

Double Tier Ventilated Lockers Without LegsVDL-121836-A ♦ 12 18 72 84 520.00VDL-121836-C 36 18 72 209 1,234.00VDL-151836-A 15 18 72 88 587.00VDL-151836-C 45 18 72 223 1,389.00

6-High Box Ventilated Lockers With LegsVBL6-1218-1 ♦ 12 18 78 104 606.00VBL6-1218-3 ♦ 36 18 78 274 1,448.00

6-High Box Ventilated Lockers Without LegsVBL6-1218-A 12 18 78 102 595.00VBL6-1218-C 36 18 78 269 1,423.00


Counter Height CabinetCombination CabinetWardrobe CabinetStorage Cabinet

Deluxe Storage Cabinets

* “RH” suffi x indicates recessed handle.** “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “WSU” indicates welded, set-up unit; “SU” indicates preassembled unit.


†† Not with use with a recessed handle




Please Note

Cat. No.* No. of Openings W D H Type** Wt. List Price

4 STORAGE CABINETS

Recessed HandleOptional recessed handle offers easy access without handles protruding into narrow aisle ways.

Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty, Sand




Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 ¾ 10.5 31.00

Wardrobe Cabinets1871 ♦ 2 36 18 78 KD 140 449.002471 ♦ 2 36 24 78 KD 155 486.007818W ♦ 2 36 18 78 WSU 134 535.007824W ♦ 2 36 24 78 WSU 154 576.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 ¾ 10.5 31.00

Combination Cabinets1872 ♦ 7 36 18 78 KD 152 521.002472 ♦ 7 36 24 78 KD 181 573.007814 ♦ 7 36 18 78 WSU 156 612.007820 ♦ 7 36 24 78 WSU 178 679.00

Extra Shelves304 ♦ 18 18 ¾ 4 14.30305 ♦ 18 24 ¾ 5.8 17.00

Counter Height Cabinets1842‡ ♦ 3 36 18 42 KD 90 351.002442‡ ♦ 3 36 24 42 KD 103 380.004218DLX‡ ♦ 3 36 18 42 SU 90 447.004224DLX‡ ♦ 3 36 24 42 SU 103 474.00

Extra Shelves301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00302 ♦ 36 24 ¾ 10.5 31.00


Padlock Hasp††

HSP†† 1 6.30

STEEL LOCKERS 53

• Heavy-duty 16 gauge door frame for added durability.• Knuckle hinges provide added strength and security.• Integrated levelers compensate for uneven fl oors.• Louvered back panel provides cabinet ventilation.• Three point door locking mechanism for added security.• Meets ANSI BIFMA test standards.• Full-width shelf capacity-18” holds 150 lbs. and 24” holds 200 lbs. evenly distributed.

Steel Lockers: C-Thru LockersC-Thru Lockers are the perfect solution for viewing the contents of lockers without violat-ing people's privacy in schools, industrial applications, airports, prisons and more where concealed belongings need to be scrutinized. Tennsco C-Thru Lockers feature heavy duty steel construction with visual door panels and vandal-resistant handles for secure storage of clothing and personal belongings.


Single Tier C-Thru Lockers With LegsCSL-121272-1 12 12 78 61 $462.00CSL-121272-3 36 12 78 156 1,119.00CSL-121572-1 12 15 78 65 476.00CSL-121572-3 36 15 78 164 1,148.00CSL-121872-1 12 18 78 69 488.00CSL-121872-3 36 18 78 173 1,181.00CSL-151872-1 15 18 78 76 543.00CSL-151872-3 45 18 78 196 1,344.00

Single Tier C-Thru Lockers Without LegsCSL-121572-C 36 15 72 159 1,126.00CSL-121872-A 12 18 72 67 487.00CSL-121872-C 36 18 72 168 1,164.00CSL-151872-A 15 18 72 74 521.00CSL-151872-C 45 18 72 191 1,305.00

Double Tier C-Thru Lockers With LegsCDL-121236-1 12 12 78 59 498.00CDL-121236-3 36 12 78 151 1,366.00CDL-121536-1 12 15 78 63 553.00CDL-121536-3 36 15 78 159 1,393.00CDL-121836-1 12 18 78 67 560.00CDL-121836-3 36 18 78 168 1,361.00CDL-151836-1 15 18 78 74 590.00CDL-151836-3 45 18 78 191 1,502.00

Double Tier C-Thru Lockers Without LegsCDL-121236-A 12 12 72 57 543.00CDL-121236-C 36 12 72 146 1,369.00 CDL-121536-C 36 15 72 154 1,274.00CDL-121836-A 12 18 72 65 544.00CDL-121836-C 36 18 72 163 1,387.00CDL-151836-C 45 18 72 186 1,487.00

6 High Box C-Thru Lockers With LegsCBL6-121212-1 12 12 78 53 413.00CBL6-121212-3 36 12 78 131 1,125.00CBL6-121512-1 12 15 78 58 432.00CBL6-121512-3 36 15 78 145 1,134.00CBL6-121812-1 12 18 78 63 445.00CBL6-121812-3 36 18 78 157 1,171.00

6 High Box C-Thru Lockers Without LegsCBL6-121212-A 12 12 72 51 406.00CBL6-121212-C 36 12 72 126 1,065.00CBL6-121512-A 12 15 72 56 425.00CBL6-121512-C 36 15 72 140 1,115.00CBL6-121812-A 12 18 72 61 438.00CBL6-121812-C 36 18 72 152 1,144.00


C-Thru Lockers


Note: All C-Thru lockers are available without legs. Call Tennsco for pricing.

54 STEEL LOCKERS




Locker Bases

Front Bases (for use on leg lockers)FB-12 ♦ 12 - 6 1.2 $6.30FB-15 ♦ 15 - 6 1.7 7.00FB-18 ♦ 18 - 6 2 8.40FB-24 24 - 6 2.8 14.60

End Bases (for use on leg lockers)EB-12 ♦ - 12 6 1.2 10.30EB-15 ♦ - 15 6 1.4 10.60EB-18 ♦ - 18 6 1.7 10.80EB-21 - 21 6 2.4 21.00EB-24 - 24 6 2.6 22.00

Closed Locker Bases (for use on no leg lockers)CLB-1212 12 12 6 7.4 37.00CLB-1215 ♦ 12 15 6 7.3 40.00CLB-1218 ♦ 12 18 6 7.7 41.00CLB-1518 ♦ 15 18 6 8.5 46.00CLB-1521 15 21 6 11 52.00

3 Wide Locker BasesCLB-3612 36 12 6 13.1 73.00CLB-3615 36 15 6 16.3 76.00CLB-3618 ♦ 36 18 6 19.6 74.00CLB-4512 45 12 6 16.3 81.00CLB-4515 45 15 6 20.4 85.00CLB-4518 45 18 6 17 87.00

Sloping Top - One WideKST-1212 ♦ 12 12 - 3.6 $44.00KST-1215 ♦ 12 15 - 4.3 46.00KST-1218 ♦ 12 18 - 5 49.00KST-1518 ♦ 15 18 - 5.5 52.00KST-1521 15 21 - 7.6 62.00KST-1821 18 21 - 7.9 65.00KST-2424 24 24 - 9.1 110.00

Sloping Top - Three WideKST-3612 ♦ 36 12 - 7.7 61.00KST-3615 ♦ 36 15 - 9 69.00KST-3618 ♦ 36 18 - 10.1 74.00KST-4518 ♦ 45 18 - 13.4 83.00KST-4521 45 21 - 15 97.00



Sloping Tops

Locker Benches are available and feature a clear lacquer fi nish on 1¼" thick laminated maple top. Combination and Manual Locking options provide security and are virtually tamper-proof. Number/Name Plates provide order and a clean fi nished look Sloping Tops prevent unwanted clutter and are available in one wide and three wide units. Choose from Front and Closed Locker Bases that provide a fl ush,fi nished appearance.

Storage Cabinets

Bookcases

Literature Sorters, 30 Drawer Organizers & Card Files

Vertical Files

Lateral Files

Overfi les & Lateral File Accessories

Imperial Shelving & Doors To Meet HIPAA Compliance

Fixed Shelf Filing Units & Lateral File Units


ESP Shelving & Regal Shelving

Z-Line Shelving (Low Profi le, Long Span, Record Archive, Stur-D-Stor and Z-Line Components)

Automotive Shelving & Tire Racks

Q-Line Industrial Shelving (Pre-confi gured Units & Components)


Tool & Die Rack

Bulk Storage (Uprights & Components)

Logic Wire Shelving & Hand Carts

Mobile Workbenches

Workbenches (Fixed & Adjustable Leg, Electronic & Electronic Modular), Service Carts, Workbench Accessories

Stur-D-Bench


Steel Lockers (Single, Double, Box Lockers, C-Thru Lockers, Ventilated Lockers, Accessories, Cubbies)

4-10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20-26

27

28-31

32

33

34-35

36

37-38

39-45

46

47

48-55

Steel Locker Accessories Table of Contents



Locker Bench

HMLB-36 36 91/2 11/4 10 $101.00HMLB-48 48 91/2 11/4 16 135.00HMLB-60 60 91/2 11/4 20 166.00HMLB-72 72 91/2 11/4 20 199.00HMLB-84 84 91/2 11/4 28 232.00HMLB-96 96 91/2 11/4 32 271.00HMLB-108 108 91/2 11/4 36 311.00HMLB-120 120 91/2 11/4 40 345.00HMLB-132 132 91/2 11/4 44 388.00HMLB-144 144 91/2 11/4 48 431.00LBP-1 ♦ Bench Pedestal (161/4" H) 7 54.00

Cat. No. Description Wt. List Price

Locks

Grooved Key LocksMAS-1710MK Grooved Key Lock (Dead Bolt) .4 $39.00

Combination LocksMAS-1670 Dead Bolt (Master Keyed) .5 47.00MAS-1654 Spring Bolt (Master Keyed) .5 46.00

Combination PadlocksMAS-1525 Combination (Master Keyed) .5 21.00MAS-1502 Combination (No Key) .5 14.90

Note: Must order bench pedestal separately.Use three pedestals for benches 108" to 144".


Number/Name Plates

LNP-3 Plastic 35/16 7/16 .1 $2.10LNP-A Aluminum 27/16 3/4 .1 1.50

(LNP-3)(LNP-A)

POLICY AND SERVICES

PRICING: All prices are F.O.B. Tennsco Corp’s Facility in Dickson, Tennessee. All orders are subject to � nal acceptance at the Home Of� ce, Dickson, Tennessee. Prices subject to change without notice. Tennsco has the right to make product design changes at any time. Tennsco’s prices do not include sales, use, excise or similar taxes. Consequently, in addition to the prices speci� ed herein, the amount of any present or future sales, use, excise or similar tax applicable to the manufacture, sale, purchase or use of the goods sold hereunder shall be paid by Buyer. In lieu thereof, Buyer shall provide Seller with a tax exemption certi� cate acceptable to the applicable taxing authorities.

TERMS OF PAYMENT: Terms are Net 30 Days from date of shipment. A service charge of 1 1/2% per month will be charged for overdue invoices.

MINIMUM ORDERS: Minimum order is $15.00.

SPECIFICATIONS: Tennsco reserves the right to change any product speci� cations contained in this price list.

FREIGHT CHARGES: All shipments will be made freight collect unless otherwise speci� ed. If freight is prepared, it will be added to the invoice or billed separately, depending on arrangements. On shipments by parcel post, the postage will be added to the invoice. All routing will be done solely by the Home Of� ce. If purchaser does not accept delivery of merchandise when ready for shipment, storage fees will be charged to the purchaser.

WEIGHT: Shipping weights shown are approximate.

FREIGHT CLAIMS: Claims for shortages must be made in writing to the Home Of� ce within 15 days from receipt of shipment. Claims for damaged or lost material must be � led with the carrier.

CAUTION: When you give delivering carrier a clear receipt for a shipment in which there is damaged merchandise or a shortage, the carrier is relieved of further responsibility. Claims for damage or shortage must be � led by you with the delivering carrier. Tennsco will not accept return of merchandise damaged in transit. Your claim is with the delivering carrier.

CANCELLATIONS & RETURNS: Orders for “Special” items are not subject to change or cancellation. No return merchandise will be accepted without written consent of the General Of� ce, Dickson, Tennes-see. All returned shipments are subject to a handling charge of 25% plus all transportation charges incurred by Tennsco unless Tennsco is at fault. Once production of “Special” items has begun, cancellation of order is subject to Tennsco approval. A 15% surcharge will be assessed to approved cancelled items.

LIMITED WARRANTY

Tennsco warrants goods purchased hereunder to be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of shipment, hereunder. Tennsco’s warranty shall not apply in the event goods are damaged as a result of misuse, abuse, neglect, accident, improper application, modi� cation or repair by persons not authorized by Seller, where goods are damaged during shipment. UNLESS CONSIDERED UNENFORCEABLE OR UNLAWFUL UNDER APPLICABLE LAW:

a. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OR MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBY EXCLUDED. b. BUYERS REMEDY, IF ANY, FOR ANY DEFECTIVE GOODS SHALL BE LIMITED TO A REFUND BY SELLER OR REPLACEMENT OF THE GOODS AT SELLER’S OPTION AND SHALL IN NO EVENT INCLUDE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR OTHERWISE.

NO GOODS ACCEPTED FOR RETURN WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL. Seller shall have the right to inspect any goods claimed to be defective at Buyer’s place of business or require Buyer to return the goods to Seller for inspection on Seller’s premises. Transportation charges covering returned goods will be borne by Seller only if such goods are proven to be defective, are covered by this warranty and are returned within the warranty period stated above.

STEEL LOCKERS 55

Steel Lockers: Cubby LockersCubby Lockers are designed for your everyday needs. These units can be used for a broad variety of applications from supply storage, to books, to childrens lockers. All-steel construction with a durable powdercoat fi nish, these cubby lockers providelong term value.

Cubby LockersCC-30 6 34 1/2 13 1/2 30 56 $394.00CC-40 9 34 1/2 13 1/2 40 76 502.00CC-52 12 34 1/2 13 1/2 52 97 635.00CC-66 15 34 1/2 13 1/2 66 120 750.00CC-78 18 34 1/2 13 1/2 78 140 860.00

Extra ShelfECS-1 10 12 3/4 3/4 1.6 9.80

Extra Coat HookLCH-2 0.2 3.10

Cat. No. No of. W D H Wt. List Openings Price


Available Colors

CC-78(18 Openings)

CC-52(12 Openings)

CC-30(6 Openings)

CC-66(15 Openings)

CC-40(9 Openings)

TENNSCO QUICK-SHIP PROGRAMNEED AN ORDER FAST? Look for the ♦ logo throughout the book.

Many of Tennsco's top items are available to ship in 2 days.Quick Ship inventory is available in limited quantities and select colors. For larger orders, please contact customer service for availability.

© Tennsco 2014 T1-14

Mailing Address: Shipping Address: P.O. Box 1888 201 Tennsco Drive Dickson, TN 37056-1888 Dickson, TN 37055

Toll Free Customer Service: (866) 446-8686 • Fax (866) 445-7260Toll Free Ordering: (866) 864-4796

(615) 446-8000 • (800) 251-8184 • Fax (800) 722-0134www.tennsco.com • [email protected]

steel lockers: cubby lockers - pasco county...

Documents